1 Chandigarh University, Gharuan, Mohali Scheme of B.E Mechanical Engineering For Batch 2018 (Regular and 2019 LEET) And Batch 2017 (3 rd Semester Onwards) Approved By Board of Studies of Mechanical Engineering
1
Chandigarh University, Gharuan, Mohali
Scheme of
B.E Mechanical Engineering
For
Batch 2018 (Regular and 2019 LEET)
And
Batch 2017 (3rd Semester Onwards)
Approved By
Board of Studies of Mechanical Engineering
2
Vision and Mission of theChandigarh University
Vision
“To be globally recognized as a Centre of Excellence for Research, Innovation, Entrepreneurship
and disseminating knowledge by providing inspirational learning to produce professional leaders
for serving the society”
Mission
M1: Providing world class infrastructure, renowned academicians and ideal environment for
Research, Innovation, Consultancy and Entrepreneurship relevant to the society.
M2: Offering programs & courses in consonance with National policies for nation building and
meeting global challenges.
M3: Designing Curriculum to match International standards, needs of Industry, civil society and
for inculcation of traits of Creative Thinking and Critical Analysis as well as Human and Ethical
values.
M4: Ensuring students delight by meeting their aspirations through blended learning, corporate
mentoring, professional grooming, flexible curriculum and healthy atmosphere based on co-
curricular and extra-curricular activities.
M5: Creating a scientific, transparent and objective examination/evaluation system to ensure an
ideal certification.
M6: Establishing strategic relationships with leading National and International corporates and
universities for academic as well as research collaborations.
M7: Contributing for creation of healthy, vibrant and sustainable society by involving in
Institutional Social Responsibility (ISR) activities like rural development, welfare of senior
citizens, women empowerment, community service, health and hygiene awareness and
environmental protection
3
Vision and Mission of Mechanical Engineering
Vision
Vision
To be recognized as a center of excellence for research and innovation in Mechanical
Engineering through contemporary as well as futuristic tools and technologies for serving the
society at regional, national and global level
Mission
M1: Providing quality education to the students in core and allied fields by implementing
advanced pedagogies
M2: Encouraging students towards research and development through advanced tools and
technologies for providing solution to societal problems
M3: Evolve and empower the students through core technical skills for becoming entrepreneurs
and innovators
M4: Inculcating employability and leadership skill for ensuring industry ready professional
through hands on experiential learning and industrial collaboration
M5: Developing professional and ethical standards in the mind of the young engineers by
continuous learning and professional activities
4
Program: Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical Engineering)
Duration: 4 years
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):
PEO1: Graduates will have professional knowledge in the field of Mechanical Engineering and other
interdisciplinary domains.
PEO2: Graduates will have successful career in government services, research organizations, academic
institutions and industries at national and international level.
PEO3: Graduates will have compatibility with modern engineering tools and technologies for
deliberating solution to various engineering problems.
PEO4: Graduates will develop skills to address the concern of society, environment and communicate
effectively to lead the interdisciplinary diverse team.
PEO5: Graduates will be effectively fit for higher education, innovations, research & development,
entrepreneurship and professional development
5
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs):
PO1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
PO2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
PO7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
PO8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
PO9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions.
PO11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member
and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage
in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
6
PSO1: Apply the knowledge of Production, Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering for
analysis, optimization and development of mechanical system
PSO2: Apply the concepts of Design and Thermal Engineering to model, analyze and develop
the mechanical components and systems
Summary of Credits distribution
C.U Scheme2018-22
HSM B.S ES P.C P.E O.E/IOE I.O.E Project
MOOC’s
(Self
Learning)
MNG Graded
Total
Sem-
1 3 10 8 3 - 1* 24
Sem-
2 3 10 12 - 1* 25
Sem-3 3 4 13 - 7* 20
Sem-4 3 7 11 2 4* 5* 23
Sem-5 17 2 4* 5* 19
Sem-6 7 6 3 3 4* 3* 19
Sem-7 9(6+3) 3 4 2* 16
Sem-8 3 9(6+3) 4 2* 16
Total 12 27 24 54 24 6 NA 15 16* 22* 162
7
HSM: Humanities Social Science and Management
B.S: Basics Sciences
P.C: Professional Core
P.E: Professional Electives
O.E: Open Electives
P.R : Project
MOOC’s: Massive open online courses
MNG: Mandatory Non Graded
1st Semester Sr.
No. Subject Category
Subject Code L T P S Credits
1 Calculus and Matrices BS SMT-121 3 2 0 - 5
2 Applied Chemistry BS SHT-121 3 1 0 - 4
3 Innovation and inventions in Mechanical
Engineering ES MET-102 2 0 0 - 2
4 Materials Technology PC MET-105 3 0 0 - 3
5 Communication Skills HSM UCT-141 2 0 0 - 2
6 Computer Programming and Utilization ES UCT-144 2 0 0 - 2
7 Computer Programming and Utilization
Lab ES UCP-145 0 0 4 - 2
8 Communication Skills Lab HSM UCP-142 0 0 2 - 1
9 Manufacturing Practice ES MEP-160 0 0 4 - 2
10 Applied Chemistry Lab BS SHP-122 0 0 2 - 1
11 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-146 0 1* 0 - 1*
8
Total 15 3 12 0 24
Contact Hours= 30
2nd Semester
Sr.
No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
1 Integral Calculus, ODE & Complex
Variable BS SMT-171 3 2 0 - 5
2 Applied Modern Physics BS SPT-121 3 1 0 - 4
3 Basic Electrical and Electronics
Engineering ES ECT-110 3 1 0 - 4
4 Paradigms of Computer Programming ES CST-152 2 0 0 - 2
5 Professional Communication Skills HSM PCT-191 2 0 0 - 2
6 Professional Communication Skills lab HSM PCP-192 0 0 2 - 1
7 Applied Modern Physics Lab BS SPP-122 0 0 2 - 1
8 Engineering Graphics and Drawing ES MET-164 2 0 0 - 2
9 Basic Electrical and Electronics
Engineering Lab ES EEP-116 0 0 2 - 1
10 Paradigms of Computer Programming Lab ES CSP-157 0 0 4 - 2
11 Engineering Graphics and Drawing Lab ES MEP-164 0 0 2 - 1
12 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-196 0 1* 0 - 1*
Total 15 4 12 - 25
Contact Hours= 31
*4 Weeks institutional/Summer Training after 2nd Semester Examination
3rd Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject
Code L T P S Credits
1 Soft Skills HSM TDP-201 0 0 2 - 1
2 Introduction to Management and
Leadership HSM
UCT-242 2 0 0 - 2
3 Engineering Mechanics ES MET-201 3 1 0 - 4
4 Theory of Machines PC MET-202 3 1 0 - 4
5 Engineering Thermodynamics PC MET-203 3 1 0 - 4
6 Manufacturing Techniques PC MET-204 3 0 0 - 3
7 Theory of Machines Lab PC MEP-205 0 0 2 - 1
8 Manufacturing Techniques Lab PC MEP-206 0 0 2 - 1
9 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-246 0 1* 0 - 1*
10 Institutional/Summer Training* TR
(MNG) MES-209 0 0 0 - 2*
Total 14 3 6 - 20
9
Contact Hours= 23
Career option MNG Courses in 3rd Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject
Code L T P S Credits
1 Engineering Mathematics@ MNG SMY-222 3 1 0 - 4*
2 Industrial Applications of CAD © MNG MEY-201 0 0 2 - 1*
3 Mechanical Measurement and
Metrology© MNG MEY-202 3 0 0 - 3*
Symbol@ is applicable to LEET Students and © is applicable for Non LEET Students
Mandatory Self learning MOOC’s of 2 Credits equivalent to 30 hours
4th Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject
Code L T P S Credits
1 Aptitude HSM TDT-252 0 2 0 - 2
2 Creativity and Critical Thinking HSM UCT-293 2 0 0 - 2
3 Applied Mathematics-III BS SMT-273 3 1 0 - 4
4 Biology for Engineers BS SZT-272 3 0 0 - 3
5 Mechanics of Solids PC MET-251 3 1 0 - 4
6 Applied Thermodynamics PC MET-252 3 1 0 - 4
7 Mechanics of Solids Lab PC MEP-253 0 0 2 - 1
8 Applied Thermodynamics Lab PC MEP-254 0 0 2 - 1
9 CAD Modeling PC MEP-255 0 0 2 - 1
10 Project PR MER-256 0 0 0 - 2
11 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-296 0 1* 0 - 1*
Total 14 5 6 - 22
Contact Hours= 25
Institutional/Industrial training of Six Week Duration after 4th Semester Examination
MNG Courses in 4th Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject
Code L T P S
Credit
s
1 Introduction to MATLAB ® MNG MEY-253 0 0 2 - 1*
2
Environment Science and Waste
Management@ MNG UCY-294 3 0 0 - 3*
3 Programming Language@ MNG PCY-252 0 0 2 - 1*
4 Basics of Automobile Engineering© MNG MEY-254 2 0 0 - 2*
5 Measurements and Metrology Lab© MNG MEY-255 0 0 2 - 1*
6 MOOC's Online MEY-256 0 0 0 60 4*
Symbol @ is applicable to LEET Students, © is applicable for Non LEET Students and ® is common to both LEET and Regular.
10
5th Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject
Code L T P S Credits
1 Heat Transfer PC MET-301 3 1 0 - 4
2
Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic
Machines PC MET-302 3 1 0 - 4
3 Design of Machine Elements-I PC MET-303 1 2 0 - 3
4 Machining Processes PC MET-304 3 0 0 - 3
5 Heat Transfer Lab PC MEP-305 0 0 2 - 1
6 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic
Machines Lab PC MEP-306 0 0 2 - 1
7 Machining Processes Lab PC MEP-307 0 0 2 - 1
8 Project PR MER-308 0 0 0 - 2
9 Institutional/Summer Training* TR
(MNG) MEY-309 0 0 0
- 2*
Total 10 4 6 - 19
Contact Hours= 20
MNG Courses in 5th Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
11
1 Career Development Course (TPP) MNG MEX-XXX - - - - 3*
2 Engineering Economics (Non TPP) MNG MEY-301 3 0 0 - 3*
3 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning© MNG MEY-302 3 0 0 - 3*
4
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Lab© MNG MEY-303 0 0 2 -
1*
5 MOOC's SSMNG MEX-304 0 0 0 60 4*
List of Career Specific Courses
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
1 Aptitude (TPP) MNG TDY-302 0 2 0 - 1*
2 Soft Skills (TPP) MNG TDY-301 0 0 4 - 2* © means Subject is common to TPP and Non TPP Groups
6th Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
1 Design of Machine Elements-II PC MET-351 1 2 0 - 3
2 Industrial Automation and Robotics PC MET-352 2 0 0 - 2
3 Professional Elective-I PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
4 Professional Elective-II PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
5 Open Elective – I OE XXO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
6 Design of Machine Elements Lab PC MEP-353 0 0 2 - 1
7 Industrial Automation and Robotics
Lab PC MEP-354 0 0 2 - 1
8 Project PR MER-355 0 0 0 - 3
Total 12 2 4 - 19
Contact Hours= 18
Institutional/Industrial training of Six Weeks Duration after 6th Semester Examination
MNG Courses in 5th Semester
1 Career Specific Course (TPP) MNG MEY-XXX 3 0 0 - 3*
2 Total Quality Management (Non TPP ) MNG MEY-356 3 0 0 - 3*
3 MOOC's SSMNG MEX-357 0 0 0 60 4*
4 Technical Training MNG MEY-358 0 2 0 - 2*
List of Career Specific Courses
1 Aptitude (TPP) MNG TDY-352 0 2 0 - 2*
2 Soft Skills (TPP) MNG TDY-351 0 0 2 - 1*
Summer Training/Industrial training of Six Week Duration after 6th Semester Examination
12
7th Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
1 Professional Elective – III PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
2 Professional Elective – IV PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
3 Professional Elective – V P.E XXO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
4 Open Elective-II O.E MEO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
5 Project PR MER-401 0 0 0 - 4
6 Summer Training/Institutional Training TR(MNG) MEY-402 0 0 0 - 2*
7 MOOC's Online MEX-403 0 0 0 30 2*
8 Technical Training MNG MEY-404 0 2 0 - 2*
Total 12 2 0 30 16
Contact Hours= 14
8th Semester
Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
1 Professional Elective – VI PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
2 Professional Elective – VII PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
3 Professional Elective – VIII PE XXO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3
13
4 Smart Materials and MEMS P.C MET-XXX 2 0 0 - 2
5 Kinesynthesis Lab P.C MEP-XXX 0 0 2 - 1
6 Project PR MER-451 0 0 0 - 4
7 MOOC's SSMNG MEX-452 0 0 0 30 2*
8 Technical Training MNG MEY-453 0 2 0 - 2*
Total 11 2 2 30 16
Contact Hours= 15
List of Professional Electives
A: Thermal and Energy Engineering Group
Sr.
No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
6th Semester
1 Heating Ventilation and Air
Conditioning P.E MEA-351 3 0 0
- 3
2 Gas Turbines P.E MEA-352 3 0 0 - 3
3 Finite Element methods P.E MEA-353 3 0 0 - 3
4 Numerical Methods in Engineering P.E MEA-354 3 0 0 - 3
7th Semester
5 Power Plant Engineering P.E MEA-401 3 0 0 - 3
6 Heat Exchanger Design P.E MEA-402 3 0 0 - 3
7 Solar Energy P.E MEA-403 3 0 0 - 3
8 Computational Fluid Dynamics P.E MEA-404 3 0 0 - 3
9 Operation Research P.E MEA-405 3 0 0 - 3
8th Semester
10 Internal Combustion Engines P.E MEA-451 3 0 0 - 3
14
11 Energy Conservation and Management P.E MEA-452 3 0 0 - 3
12 Non-Conventional Energy Resources P.E MEA-453 3 0 0 - 3
13 Industrial Safety P.E MEA-454 3 0 0 - 3
List of Professional Electives
B: Design Group
Sr.
No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
6th Semester
1 Vibrations , Noise and Harshness P.E MEB-351 3 0 0 - 3
2 Fracture Mechanics P.E MEB-352 3 0 0 - 3
3 Finite Elements Methods P.E MEB-353 3 0 0 - 3
4 Numerical Methods in Engineering P.E MEB-354 3 0 0 - 3
7th Semester
5 Tribology P.E MEB-401 3 0 0 - 3
6 Pressure Vessel Design P.E MEB-402 3 0 0 - 3
7 Machine Tool Design P.E MEB-403 3 0 0 - 3
8 Experimental Stress Analysis P.E MEB-404 3 0 0 - 3
9 Operation Research P.E MEB-405 3 0 0 - 3
8th Semester
10 Product Design and Development P.E MEB-451 3 0 0 - 3
15
11 Quality Control and Assurance P.E MEB-452 3 0 0 - 3
12 Introduction to Bio- Mechanical
Engineering P.E MEB-453 3 0 0
- 3
13 Industrial Safety P.E MEB-454 3 0 0 - 3
14 Surface Engineering P.E MEB-455 3 0 0 - 3
C: Manufacturing Engineering Group
Sr.
No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
6th Semester
1 Industrial Engineering P.E MEC-351 3 0 0 - 3
2 Non Traditional Machining P.E MEC-352 3 0 0 - 3
3 Finite Element Methods P.E MEC-353 3 0 0 - 3
4 Numerical Methods in Engineering P.E MEC-354 3 0 0 - 3
7th Semester
5 Production Planning and Control P.E MEC-401 3 0 0 - 3
6 Work Study and Ergonomics P.E MEC-402 3 0 0 - 3
7
Maintenance and Reliability
Engineering P.E MEC-403 3 0 0
- 3
8 Additive Manufacturing P.E MEC-404 3 0 0 - 3
9 Operation Research P.E MEC-405 3 0 0 - 3
8th Semester
16
10 Product Design and Development P.E MEC-451 3 0 0 - 3
11 Supply Chain Management P.E MEC-452 3 0 0 - 3
12 Quality Control & Assurance P.E MEC-453 3 0 0 - 3
13 Industrial Safety P.E MEC-454 3 0 0 - 3
List of Institution Open Electives courses offered by Mechanical
Engineering to other Branch
Sr.
No. Subject Category
Subject
Code
Sem L T P S Credits
1 Smart Materials and MEMS I.O.E MEN-351 6th 3 0 0 - 3
*Note: As per scheme applicable to batch 2017-18, there are five Institute Open elective courses and one
Open elective in 6th Semester followed by two in both 7th and 8th semester.
17
Open Electives Offered by Mechanical Department to other Courses
Sr.
No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits
6th Semester
1 Robotics and Automation OE MEO-361
3 0 0 -
3
2 Industrial Safety
OE MEO-362 3 0 0
- 3
3 Smart Materials and MEMS
IOE MEN-351 3 0 0
- 3
7th Semester
4 Automobile Engineering
OE MEO-401 3 0 0
- 3
5 Industrial Engineering
OE MEO-402 3 0 0
- 3
18
Approved List of MOOC’s Courses
LIST OF MOOC’s COURSES BY SWAYAM S.
No. Name of Course
1 Waste to Energy Conversion
2 Chemical Process Control
3 Principles and Applications of Building Science
4 Deep Learning – Part 2
5 Landscape Architecture and Site Planning - Basic Fundamental
6 Multimodal Interaction
7 Data Mining
8 Applications of interactomics using Genomics and proteomics
9 Designing Learner-Centric MOOCs
10 Advanced Textile Printing Technology
11 Machine Learning, ML
12 A brief course on Superconductivity
13 Bioengineering: An Interface with Biology and Medicine
19
14 Regulatory requirements for medical devices and IVDs in India
15 Advance Aircraft Maintenance
16 Real Time Operating System
17 Reactive Intermediates Carbene and Nitrene
18 Cloud Computing
19 Designing Learner-Centric MOOCs
20 Advanced Textile Printing Technology
21 Big Data Computing
22 Current regulatory requirements for conducting clinical trials in India
23 Digital Land Surveying And Mapping - DLS&M
24 Thermodynamics Of Fluid Phase Equilibria
LIST OF MOOC’s COURSES Edx
S. No. Name of Course
1 Introduction to Engineering and Design
2 Introduction to Mechanics, Part 1
3 Mechanical Behavior of Materials, Part 2: Stress Transformations, Beams, Columns, and
Cellular Solids
4 A Hands-on Introduction to Engineering Simulations
5 Robotics: Locomotion Engineering
6 “Monotsukuri” Making Things in Japan: Mechanical Engineering
7 Engineering Mechanics
8 Robotics: Dynamics and Control
9 Introduction to Steel
10 Micro and Nanofabrication
11 Quantum Mechanics for Everyone
12 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (AI)
13 Principles of Machine Learning: R Edition
14 Machine Learning with Python: A Practical Introduction
15 Robotics: Vision Intelligence and Machine Learning
16 Machine Learning for Data Science and Analytics
20
MOOC's List by Various Prominent Institutes
Sr.
No. Institute Discipline Course Name SME Name Duration
1 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering
Modelling and Simulation of
Dynamic Systems
Prof. Pushparaj Mani
Pathak 8 Weeks
2 IIT Madras Mechanical
Engineering
Engineering Mechanics -
Statics and Dynamics
Prof. Mahesh
Panchagnula 8 Weeks
3 IIT Kanpur Mechanical
Engineering
Basics of Finite Element
Analysis-I Prof. Nachiketa Tiwari 8 weeks
4 IIT Guwahati Mechanical
Engineering
Principles of Mechanical
Measurement Prof. Dipankar N Basu 12 weeks
5 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering
Industrial Automation and
Control
Prof. Siddhartha
Mukhopadhyay
12
Weeks
6 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering Automatic Control Prof. Anil Kumar 8 weeks
7 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering
Conduction and Convection
Heat Transfer
Prof. Sankar Kumar
Som, Prof. Suman
Chakraborty
12
Weeks
8 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering Convective Heat Transfer Prof. Arup Kumar Das 4 Weeks
9 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering Radiative Heat Transfer Prof. Ankit Bansal 8 weeks
10 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering Steam and Gas Power Systems Prof. Ravi Kumar 8 Weeks
21
11 IIT Guwahati Mechanical
Engineering IC Engines and Gas Turbines
Prof. Pranab K.
Mondal & Prof.
Vinayak N. Kulkarni
12 weeks
12 IIT Delhi Mechanical
Engineering Thermodynamics Prof. S.R kale
12
Weeks
13 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering Concepts of Thermodynamics
Prof. Suman
Chakraborty and
Aditya Bandopadhyay
12
Weeks
14 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering
Introduction to Fluid
Mechanics
Prof. Suman
Chakraborty
12
Weeks
15 IIT Guwahati Mechanical
Engineering
Fundamental of Welding
Science and Technology Prof. Pankaj Biswas 8 weeks
16 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering
Joining Technologies for
metals Prof. D. K. Dwivedi 8 weeks
17 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering
Principles of Casting
Technology Prof. P. K. Jha 8 Weeks
18 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering Weldability of Metals Prof. D K Dwivedi 8 weeks
19 IIT Kanpur Mechanical
Engineering
Manufacturing Process
Technology
Prof. Shantanu
Bhattacharya 12 weeks
20 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering
Product Design and
Development Prof. Inderdeep singh 4 weeks
21 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering
Manufacturing Guidelines for
Product Design Prof. Inderdeep Singh 8 Weeks
22 IIT Kanpur Mechanical
Engineering
Product Design and
Manufacturing Prof. J. Ramkumar 12 weeks
23 IIT Kanpur Mechanical
Engineering Rapid Manufacturing Prof. J. Ramkumar 12 weeks
24 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering
Inspection and Quality Control
in Manufacturing Prof. Kaushik Pal 4 weeks
25 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering
Introduction To Mechanical
Micro Machining Prof. Ajay M Sidpara
12
Weeks
26 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering
Machinery Fault Diagnosis
And Signal Processing
Prof. Amiya Ranjan
Mohanty
12
Weeks
27 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering
Electronic Packaging and
Manufacturing
Prof. Anandaroop
Bhattacharya
Prof. Goutam
Chakraborty
8 Weeks
28 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical
Engineering
Kinematics of Mechanisms and
Machines
Prof. Anirvan
DasGupta 8 Weeks
29 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering
Surface Engineering of
Nanomaterials Prof. Kaushik Pal 8 weeks
30 IIT Guwahati Mechanical
Engineering
Introduction to Machining and
Machining Fluids Prof. M. Ravi Sankar 8 weeks
31 IIT Guwahati Mechanical
Engineering
Polymer Assisted Abrasive
Finishing Processes Prof. M. Ravi Sankar 4 weeks
32 IIT Madras Mechanical
Engineering Spray Theory
Prof. Mahesh
Panchagnula
12
Weeks
33 IIT Roorkee Mechanical
Engineering Financial Mathematics Prof. Pradeep K. Jha
12
Weeks
34 IIT Kanpur Mechanical
Engineering BioMEMS and Microsystems
Prof. Shantanu
Bhattacharya 8 weeks
35 IIT Kanpur Mechanical
Engineering Introduction To Composites Prof. Nachiketa Tiwari
12
Weeks
22
36 IIT Roorkee
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Material Science and
Engineering Prof. Vivek Pancholi 8 weeks
37 IIT Delhi
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Introduction to Materials
Science and Engineering Prof. Rajesh Prasad
12
Weeks
38 IIT Madras
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Fundamentals of electronic
materials and devices
Prof. Parasuraman
Swaminathan 8 Weeks
39 IIT Kanpur
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Solar Photovoltaics: Principles,
Technologies & Materials Prof. Ashish Garg 8 weeks
40 IITR & IISc
Banglore
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Friction and wear of materials:
principles and case studies
Prof. Dr. B. V. Manoj
Kumar, Prof. Bikramjit
Basu
8 Weeks
41 IIT Kharagpur
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Surface Engineering for
Corrosion and Wear Resistance
Application
Prof. Indranil Manna
and Prof. Jyotsna Dutta
Majumder
12
Weeks
42 IIT Madras
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Theory And Practice Of Non
Destructive Testing Prof. Ranjit Bauri 8 weeks
43 IIT Madras
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Material Characterization Prof. Sankaran.S 12
Weeks
44 IIT Kanpur
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Defects in Crystalline Solids
(Part-II)
Prof. Shashank
Shekhar 4 weeks
45 IITBhubaneshwar
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Creep deformation of materials Prof. Srikant Gollapudi 4 weeks
46 IIT Madras
Metallurgical
And Materials
Engg
Welding Processes Prof. Murugaiyan
Amirthalingam
12
Weeks
47 IIT Kharagpur Mining
Engineering
Network Analysis for Mines
and Mineral Engineering Prof. Kaushik Dey 4 Weeks
48 NIE Multidisciplinary Health Research Fundamentals
Dr. Sanjay Mehendale
Dr. Manoj V
Murhekar
Dr. R Ramakrishnan
Dr. Tarun Bhatnagar
Dr. Prabhdeep Kaur
Dr. P. Manickam
Dr. P GaneshKumar
8 weeks
49 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Effective Engineering
Teaching In Practice
Prof. G. K.
Suraishkumar, in
association with TLC,
IIT Madras
(Prof. Edamana
Prasad
Prof. Karmalkar S
Prof. Richa Verma)
4 weeks
50 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Introduction to Research Prof. Prathap Haridoss 8 weeks
51 IISc Multidisciplinary Teaching And Learning in Prof. N J Rao 4 Weeks
23
Engineering (TALE)
52 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Qualitative Research Methods
and Research Writing Prof. Aradhna Malik
12
Weeks
53 IIT Kanpur Multidisciplinary Introduction To Professional
Scientific Communication Prof. S. Ganesh 4 weeks
54 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Fuzzy Logic and Neural
Networks
Prof. Dilip Kumar
Pratihar 8 Weeks
55 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Entrepreneurship Essentials Prof. Manoj Kumar
Mondal 8 Weeks
56 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Roadmap for patent creation Prof. Gouri Gargate 8 Weeks
57 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Matlab Programming for
Numerical Computation Prof. Niket Kaisare 8 Weeks
58 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Non-Conventional Energy
Resources Prof. Prathap Haridoss
12
Weeks
59 NIRT Multidisciplinary Manage TB
Prof. Mohan Natrajan
& Dr. V V Banu
Rekha
8 Weeks
60 CDSA,THSTI,DBT Multidisciplinary
Current regulatory
requirements for conducting
clinical trials in India
Prof. A. B. Ramteke
Prof. Sucheta Banerjee
Kurundkar
Prof. Nandini K
Kumar
4 Weeks
61 CDSA,THSTI,DBT Multidisciplinary
Regulatory requirements for
medical devices and IVDs in
India
Prof. Malay Mitra
Prof. Arun B.Ramteke 4 Weeks
62 IIT Bombay Multidisciplinary Designing Learner-Centric
MOOCs
Prof.Sridhar Iyer
Prof.Sahana Murthy
Dr.Jayakrishnan M.
Dr.Sameer
Sahasrabudhe
4 Weeks
63 IIT Madras Ocean
Engineering
Offshore Structures Under
Special Loads Including Fire
Resistance
Prof. Srinivas
Chandarsekaran
12
Weeks
64 IIT Kharagpur Physics Experimental Physics I Prof. Amal Kumar Das 12
Weeks
65 IIT Kanpur Physics Introduction to Solid State
Physics
Prof. Manoj Harbola &
Prof. Satyajit Banerjee 12 weeks
66 IIT Bombay Physics Quantum Mechanics I Prof. Ramadevi 12
Weeks
67 IIT Guwahati Physics A brief course on
Superconductivity Prof. Saurabh Basu 4 weeks
68 IIT Roorkee Physics Fiber Optics Prof. Vipul Rastogi 8 Weeks
69 IIT Madras Physics Statistical Mechanics Prof. Ashwin Joy 12
Weeks
70 IIT Delhi Physics Semiconductors
Optoelectronics Prof. M.R. Shenoy
12
Weeks
25
3rd Semester Syllabus
UNIT.
NO.
SESSION
NO. DOMAIN TOPIC TO BE COVERED
1 1 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT EMBARKING UPON THE JOURNEY TO SUCCESS
Version-
2018 SOFT SKILLS L T P C
Apply to Programs: BE 3rd Sem:
CSE_IBM,IT,CCE,CE,ME,MECHATRONICS,PE,CHEM,AME,AEROSPACE,ECE,EE
0 0 2 1
Subject
Code:
TDP 201
Prerequisite: Basic Communication Skills Total hours
=24 Objectives
To prepare the students exceptionally well in communication skills and verbal ability for the placement process.
Subject Outcome
1 To enhance the confidence and communication skills of the students.
2 To build speaking skills and vocabulary of the students, help them set their goals and enhance their critical thinking
skills. 3 To improve analytical and reasoning skills of the students and help them become better speakers.
26
2 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT ASTUTE DICTION
3 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT STRENGTHENING GRAMMAR
4 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL ETIQUETTE
5 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT DIVERGENT THINKING
2
6 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT SENTENCE STRUCTURE
7 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT JOHARI WINDOW
8 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT ASSAYING LANGUAGE NEXUS
9 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT ANCHOR SHOW
10 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION TO CRITICAL THINKING
3
11 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT EFFECTIVE WRITING
12 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION TO IDEA GENERATION SKILLS
13 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION TO GROUP DISCUSSION
14 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT PERSONAL INTERVIEW BASICS
15 PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT BLOG WRITING AND LINKEDIN PROFILING
Reference
1) Wren & Martin
2) How to prepare for Verbal Ability and RC - Arun Sharma & Meenakshi Upadhyay
3) How to Win Friends and Influence People -Dale Carnegie 1995 Levine & Crom
4) The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change -Stephen R. Covey
2004
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
a b c d e F g h i j k l
Subject
mapping
X X
Unit mapping 1-3 2
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
✓
Department Department of Career Development
27
Subject Code:
TDP 201
Name of the Subject:
Soft Skills
Teaching –Learning Process
a) An ability to analyze and interpret data.
b) An ability to communicate freely and fluently.
c) An ability to present oneself as a professional.
d) An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.
e) An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
f) An ability to communicate effectively.
g) Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
h) Knowledge of contemporary issues.
Chandigarh University, Gharuan
3rdSemester (2ND Year)
Scheme
Version
2019
Introduction to Management and Leadership L T P C
Applicable to all the courses 2 0 0 2
Subject Code
UCT-242
Pre-requisite : Nil Total Hours 35
Objectives
To familiarize students with basics and concepts in Management and Leadership for conceptual
understanding and applied interface
Subject Outcome
1 Understanding will be familiarized with various methods and concepts in Management and Leadership.
2 Learning for different type of disaster that occur in nature consequently learning to develop the preparedness and remedial techniques
3 Upon learning the problems related to environmental waste students will be able to segregate the waste in different categories and will learn its effective management techniques
Unit- 1
28
Introduction to Management: Nature of Management, Importance of Management, Concepts of Management, The
history and streams of management, the general and technical environment in management and the business strategy
management: Introduction to strategic management: The strategies, process, vision, mission and goal setting. External
and Internal analysis.
Unit-2
Leadership Foundation and Theories: - Introduction to Leadership styles, Great Man theory, Trait theory,
Behavioural Theory, Contingency, Transformational and Transactional leadership theory, Group Dynamics and
Teams; Leadership in Complex group and Organization: Being in Communities, Renewing group organization and
communities, Understanding the change and strategies for change. MBTI- Myers Brigg Type Indicator.
Unit-3
Organizing People, Project and Process: Leading Teams, Managing Human Resource Systems, Managing
Individual and Diverse Systems Control: Function of control, Cycle of Control and Control in the process of
organizing.
Text Books:
1. Management Theory and Practice: Gerald A Cole, Cengage Learning EMEA Higher Education
2. Management Theory and Practice, Chandan, J.S, Vikas Publications, 1987
3. Management Theory, Sheldrake John, Published Intl Thomson Business Pre 1966
Reference Books:
4. Introduction to Leadership: Concepts and Practise, Northouse.G.Peter, Sage Publications.
5. Reframing Organizations: Artistry, Choice and Leadership, Bolman. G. Lee
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Engineering Mechanics L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Basic of Mechanics at 10+2 level Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-201
To impart knowledge about different types of forces, virtual work, Centre of gravity, MOI,
stress, strain in various conditions and the deformation of bodies under loading.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the basic concepts and applications of engineering mechanics
2 Solve the problems associated to C.G , moment of inertia, stresses in different engineering components
3 Analyze the problems related to forces, stress, strains, in various structural elements under diffrent
condition of loading.
4 Determine the various stresses and strain in beam and shafts
29
5 Evaluate the direct, bending, shear, and torsional stress under different loading conditions.
Detailed Contents
Unit-I
1. Forces and Basic Principles of Statics: basic principles of mechanics; force, types of forces; free body
diagram; vectors, vector representation of forces; resultant of two concurrent forces; lami’s Theorem; law
of superposition of forces, resultant of coplanar & concurrent force systems; polygon law of forces;
equilibriumanalysis of non-concurrent force system; moment of a force; couple; varignon’s theorem;
equilibrium of rigid bodies in two dimensions; support reactions.(6Hrs)
2. Virtual Work: work of a force; principle of virtual work; sign conventions; applications of principle of
virtual work to beams and framed structures(3Hrs)
3. Center of Gravity and Moment of Inertia:introduction; determination of position of centroid of plane
geometric figures of I, U, H, L, T, C, circular and triangular sections, centroid of composite Areas, area
moment of inertia & mass moment of inertia; polar moment of inertia; parallel axes theorem (or transfer
formula), perpendicular axes theorem; radius of gyration; determination of area moment of inertia of I, U,
H, L, T, C, circular and triangular sections along various axes (6Hrs)
Unit-II
4. Simple Stress and Strain: (9Hrs)
Introduction to stress, strain and their types, Stress-strain curves for brittle and ductile materials, Hooke’s
law, elastic limit, elastic constants: Poisson’s Ratio, modulus of elasticity. Factor of safety, state of
simple shear, volumetric Strain, stress and elongation produced in a bar due to self-weight and tie bar of
uniform strength. Deformation of tapering members, stresses induced in composite ties and struts, thermal
stress and strain. Two dimensional stress system, stress at a point on a plane, principal stresses and
principal planes, Mohr’s circle of stress
5. Shear Forces and Bending Moments: (6Hrs)
Types of beams and loadings, support reactions– roller support, hinged support, pinned Support and a
fixed wall, support reactions for statically determinate beams, concept of bending moment and shearing
force, bending moment and shearing force diagram for cantilever and simply supported beams, with and
without overhang subjected to concentrated (point load) and UDL, Application of moments, Point of
contra flexure. Relation between load shear force and moment
Unit-III
6. Bending and Shearing Stresses in Beams: (9Hrs)
Assumptions in the simple bending theory; derivation of formula and its application to beams of
rectangular, circular, channel, I and T-sections. Flitched beams. Combined direct and bending stresses,
Shear stress distribution in rectangular, circular, I, T. and channel section and the compression with
bending stresses, Importance of shear Centre.
7. Torsion: (6Hrs)
Concept of torsion, difference between torque and torsion, Derivation and use of torque equation,
Comparison between solid and hollow shaft with regard to their strength and weight, Power transmitted
by shaft.
30
Text Books:
1. Chandramouli P.N., Engineering Mechanics, PHI Publishers
2. Bansal R. K , Engineering Mechanics , Laxmi publications
3. Irving, H., Shames, " Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics ", Third Edition, Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., 1993.
4. Dr. Sadhu Singh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers
5. S. RamaMrutham, Strength of Materials, DhanpatRai& Sons
6. Dr. R. K. Bansal, Strength of Material (Laxmi Publishers)
Reference Material:
1. Beer, F.P. and Johnson, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, Vol – 1 for Statics & Vol – 2 for
Dynamics, Mc Graw Hill International Edition
2. Merriam, " Engineering Mechanics ", Vol.1 " Statics " and Vol.2 " Dynamics 2/e ", Wiley
International, 1988
3. D.H Shames, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall Inc.
4. GH Ryder, Strength of Materials – ( MacMillan)
5. Crandall &Dahi, An introduction to Mechanics of Solids – ( McGraw Hill )
6. Gere, Mechanics of Materials (Cengage Learning)
7. R. C.Hibler, Mechanics of Materials (Pearson Education
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Tutorial, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-
111
I-
111
I-III
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
31
Category
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MET-201
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Theory of Machines L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Basics of Mechanics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-202
The course will make the students to understand the concept of Mechanism, machines and
difference between them
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Understand the concepts of various machine componets and their mechanisms.
2 Solve the problems related to mechanism, their inversion, gyroscopic couple, balancing,
gear, gear trains and governors.
3 Examine the effect of gyroscopic couple and stability of aeroplanes, ships, two wheel and
four wheel vehicle.
4 Evaluate the effect of balancing of rotating & reciprocating masses and various power
transmission components
5 Select the suitable mechanism/ machine componets for power transmisssionon on the basis
32
of their applications.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT - I
1. Machines and Mechanisms
Introduction to Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Kinematic links, joints, Pairs,
types of motion, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic Inversion, Four Link Planar Mechanisms and their
Inversions, Mechanical Advantage,Grashof’scriterion, Plane motion of a rigid body, Instantaneous Centre
(IC) of Velocity, Velocity analysis using IC, Velocity analysis using relative velocity Diagrams, velocity
and acceleration diagrams rubbing velocity,Corioli’s component of acceleration. (10Hrs)
2. Cams:
Types of cams, Types of followers, Displacement, Velocity and, Acceleration time curves for cam
profiles. Disc cam with reciprocating follower having knife-edge, roller and flat-face follower, Follower
motions including SHM, Uniform velocity, uniform acceleration and cycloidal motion (5Hrs)
UNIT – II
3. Gyroscope:
Principle of gyroscopic couple, effect of gyroscopic couple and centrifugal force on aero planes, ships and
vehicle taking a turn, stabilization of sea vessels, stability of four wheeled vehicle moving in a curved
path, stability of two wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic effect on inclined rotating disc. (6Hrs)
4. Balancing of Rotating masses:
Balancing of rotating masses; Classification and necessity of balancing, static and dynamic balancing,
balancing of single and multiple rotating masses and condition of balance. (3Hrs)
5. Balancing of reciprocating masses: (6 Hrs.)
Partial unbalanced primary force in an engine, primary and secondary balancing of reciprocating masses
and condition of balance in multi-cylinder in line and V-engine, swaying couple, and variation of tractive
effort, partial balancing of locomotive, concept of direct and reverse crank. Balancing of machines
UNIT-III
6. Gear: (5Hrs)
Gear terminology, law of gearing, Path of contact, Arc of contact, Interference in involute gears, Methods
of avoiding interference, Back lash, Comparison of involute and cycloidal teeth, Profile Modification
7. Gear Trains:
33
Simple gear trains, Compound gear trains for large speed reduction, Epicyclic gear trains, and Algebraic
and tabular methods of finding velocity ratio of epicyclic gear trains.torque calculations in epicyclic gear
trains (4Hrs)
8. Governors:
Comparison between flywheel and governor, Types of governor, Watt, Porter, Proell and
Hartnellgovernors, sensitiveness of governors, stability of governors, isochronous and hunting, governor
effort, power, controlling force diagram. (6Hrs)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ratan.S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing companyLtd., 2ndEdition, 2005.
2. Dr. R.K. Bansal, “Theory of Machines”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. 5th edition, 2014.
2. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 3rdEdition, 1984.
REFERENCES
1. Shigley.J.E, and Uicker.J.J, “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, McGrawHill, 1995.
2. Ghosh.A, and Mallick.A.K, “Theory of Mechanisms and Machines”, AffiliatedEast-West Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 1988.
3. Rao.J.S, andDukkipati.R.V, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, Wiley-Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1995.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Note for Paper setter:
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one
compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The
compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in
all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.
All questions carry equal marks.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
34
Subject
Code MET-202
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Engineering Thermodynamics L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic Thermodynamics
at 10+2 Level
Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-203
The course will make the students to understand the concept of
Thermodynamics, Law of thermodynamics, properties of steam and different
cycles of thermodynamics.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the basic concepts of Engineering thermodynamics
2 Solve the problems related to vapour power cycles with the help of steam tables and mollier
chart.
3 Analyse the performance of IC Engines and Air Standard Cycles
4 Compare the construction and working principle of IC Engines and various methods to improve
35
Rankine Efficiency
5 Choose the parameters to improve the performance of vapour power cycles and I.C Engines
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT - I
1. Basics of Thermodynamics: (8 Hrs.)
Introduction, Thermodynamic system, Surrounding and Boundary, Thermodynamic Properties,
Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Path, Process, cycle, Quasi-static Process, Reversible and Irreversible
Process, Working Substance., Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics, Concept of Heat and work in
Thermodynamics., First law of thermodynamics, Perpetual Motion Machine of First kind,
Application of first law for non-flow system and steady flow process, steady flow energy
equation 2. Second law of thermodynamics: (7 Hrs.)
Introduction to second law &Limitation of First Law, Clausius& Kelvin-Planck statements, Energy
Analysis of Heat Engine, Refrigerator and Heat Pump, Reversibility and Irreversibility, Carnot cycle,
Carnot Theorem, Efficiency of the Reversible Heat Engine, concept of Entropy, Entropy change in an
Irreversible, Entropy change in closed and open System & representation on T-S chart. Availability, Third
Law of Thermodynamics
UNIT – II
3. Properties of Steam: (7 Hrs.)
Steam formation - Temperature entropy diagram-Mollier diagram-Specific properties of steam -Use of
steam tables & Mollier chart - Methods of heating and expanding the steam - Constant volume heating -
Constant pressure expansion, Isothermal expansion, Hyperbolic expansion-isentropic expansion,
Polytrophic expansion - Throttling process - Dryness fraction measurement.
4. Vapour Power Cycle: (8 Hrs.)
Carnot Cycle and its limitations; Rankine steam power cycle, Ideal and actual; Mean temperature of heat
addition; Effect of pressure, temperature and vacuum on Rankine Efficiency; Rankine Cycle Efficiency
and methods of improving Rankine efficiency: Reheat cycle, Bleeding (feed-water-heating), Regenerative
Cycle, Combined reheat-regenerative cycle; Ideal working fluid; Binary vapour cycle, Combined power
and heating cycles.
UNIT - III
5. Gas power cycles: (7Hrs.)
Concept of Air Standard Cycle along with assumptions; Air Standard Efficiency, compression ratio, mean
effective pressure ; Otto Cycle, Diesel cycle and Dual cycle with their representation on P-V and T-S
charts ; Brayton Cycle, Comparison of cycles. Construction & working of 2-stroke & 4-stroke engines
6. IC Engines: (8 Hrs.)
Introduction to IC engines, Air/fuel ratio, Compression ratio, Theory of combustion in SI and CI Engines;
Various phenomenon such as turbulence, squish and swirl, pre-ignition/auto- ignition, Octane &Cetane
rating of fuel, Effect of engine variables on the Delay Period in SI and CI engines, Theory of Detonation
(knocking) for SI & CI engines, Methods to reduce detonation, Supercharging and its advantages,
Scavenging and types of scavenging.
Text Books:
36
1. P K Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill,Fifth Edition 2013.
2. R.K.Rajput , Thermal Engineering, Luxmi Publications (P) Ltd, Eighth Edition 2010
Reference Material:
1. Yadav R., Thermodynamics and Heat Engines, Central Publishing House, Allahabad.Fifth Edition
2012.
2. Cengel Y.A. and Boles M.A., Thermodynamics, TataMcGraw Hill. Second Edition 2011-2012.
3. DrVasandani and Dr Kumar; Heat Engineering, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.Edition4 ,2012.
4. Engineering Thermodynamics by Gordon Rogers & Yon Machew, Pearson.Year 1992.
5. Thermodynamics by YunusCengel and Mike Boles, McGraw Hill Higher Education Edition 3, Year
2005.
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage) 1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the whole syllabus
(short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting atleast one
question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of Section B will be from
unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D from unit III.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
37
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code
MET-203
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Manufacturing Techniques L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-204
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of casting, welding and
Forming processes
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the basic concepts of manufacturing processes.
2 Utilize the various types of casting, welding and forming processes in manufacturing.
3 Classify the various casting, welding and forming techniques and their applications.
4 Inspect the products deveoped by the casting, welding and forming processes.
5 Examine the various defects/problems and remedial action in various manufacturing techniques.
38
Contents of the Syllabus Unit -I
1. Introduction to manufacturing processes (3 Hrs.)
Introduction to manufacturing: Classification of manufacturing processes in conventional & un-
conventional manufacturing processes. Brief introduction of metal forming, machining, casting & joining
processes. Need of un-conventional manufacturing processes.
2. Casting process (12 Hrs.)
Basics of casting process: Steps followed in casting process. Terminology associated with casting process
Pattern, Pattern types & material. Various type of pattern allowances. Moulding materials, Type of
moulds various type of molding materials. Characteristics required in moulding materials. Various
molding equipment, Cores, function of cores, Type of cores, Characteristics of core material, Core
preparation. Gating and Riser design, Various casting processes such as centrifugal casting, investment
casting, die casting, continuous casting, vacuum casting, Permanent mould casting. Role of chills in
casting process, casting defects & their remedies, Metallurgical considerations in casting, casting of
copper alloys, Cleaning and finishing of castings, Testing and Inspecting of castings, Introduction to
Plastic Injection moulding, Blow moulding
Unit -II
3. Welding Process ( 15 Hrs)
Introduction to welding process & Classification of welding processes, Type of welding joints & various
welding positions Electric arc welding , Principle , metal transfer in arc welding , straight & reverse
polarity in AC & DC , relative merits & demerits, Types of electric arc welding. Gas welding, Oxy
acetylene welding & Oxy hydrogen welding, Equipment of gas welding, Gas cutting, various type of
flames, Various welding techniques : MIG welding , TIG welding , submerged arc welding , Electric
resistance welding , Spot , butt , seam , upset projection & high frequency resistance welding , Thermit
welding Plasma arc welding , Explosion Welding, Application of these welding techniques Various
welding defects & their causes & remedies,Concept of brazing & Soldering
Unit -III
4. Forming Processes: Introduction to metal forming processes & classification of metal forming
processes, Hot working & cold working of metals. Forging: Smith forging, drop forging & press forging,
Forging Equipment’s, Defects in forging (5 Hrs.)
Rolling : Rolling process , Angle of bite , Type of rolling mills , Variable of rolling process , Rolling
defects Drawing &Extrusion : Drawing of wires , rods & pipes , Variables of drawing process .
Difference between drawing & extrusion, various methods of pipe / tube manufacturing, (5 Hrs.)
Sheet metal forming: Various operations of sheet metal working, Sheet metal cutting, bending, spinning,
and deep drawing various equipment used in sheet metal working, (5 Hrs.)
Text Books :
1. P.N.Rao, Manufacturing Technology ( Tata McGraw Hill )
2. P.C.Sharma, A text book of Production Technology ( S Chand Publication )
3. R.S.Parmar Welding Technology, Khanna Publishers
4. R.K. Rajput, A Text book of Manufacturing Technology ( Laxmi Publications )
39
Reference Books:
1. Heine ,RW , CR Loper and Rosenthal, Principles of Metal Casting ( McGraw Hill –NewYork)
2. AmitabhaGhosh&Asok Kumar Malik, Manufacturing Science (Affiliated East West Press Pvt.
Ltd.)
3. S. Kalpakjian& Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering & Technology (Pearson)
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one
compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The
compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in
all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.
All questions carry equal marks.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MET-204
40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Theory of Machines Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-205
To learn the fundamentals of various laws governing rigid bodies and its motions; and to
underlying principle of governors, power transmission and Balancing,
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Construct the displacement, velocity and acceleration diagram of four bar mechanism
along with Klein construction
2 Calculate the coefficient of friction, gyroscopic couple, displacement of follower and
41
angle of cam experimentally.
3 Conduct the experiment individualy/team ethically considering social, health, safety,
legal and environmental aspects.
4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate technique or tool for the solution of
dynamics of machines problems.
5 Conclude the experimental results and present the same effectively in oral and written
manners.
List of Experiments:-
Unit-I
1. To draw the diagrammatical representation (displacement, velocity and acceleration) of slider crank and
four bar mechanism and inversions.
2. To draw the velocity diagram of 4 bar mechanism using graphical method including Klien's construction.
3. To draw the graph between displacement of the follower and angle of cam.
4. To determine the coefficient of friction for the belt pulley material combination.
Unit-II
5. Determination of balancing of rotating masses by graphical method.
6. To determine the occurrence of different nodes in whirling of the shaft and critical speed of a shaft.
7. Determination of gyroscopic couple by using graphical method.
Unit-III
8. To draw graphs between height and equilibrium speed of various types of governors.
9. Determination of compound gear trains and epi-cyclic gear trains by tabular method and analytical method
10. To draw circumferential and axial pressure profile in a full journal bearing.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEP-205
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Experimentation
2. Technical Report Writing
42
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Manufacturing Techniques Lab. L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-206
To explore the students’ knowledge in learning the Sand testing, Welding joint,
microstructure of different materials and hardenability of steel specimen
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the principles of manufacturing to examine the characteristics of sand, welding joint
and hardness of diffrent components.
43
2 Fabricate and examine the parameters of job prepared by diffrent manufacturing process
3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety, legal
and environmental aspects.
4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate technique or tool for the manufacturing of
component
5 Conclude the experimental results and present the same effectively in oral and written
manners.
List of experiments: Unit-I
1. Sand testing experiments to determine Moisture content & Shatter index.
2. To determine Green strength&clay content of Sand.
3. Sand testing experiments to determine Core & Mold hardness.
4. To determine the permeability of sand and grain fineness number.
Unit-II
5. Preparation of butt, lap and T joint by using MIG Welding.
6. Practice of TIG welding technique for the preparation of butt, lap and T joint.
7. Making a lap joint with the help of spot welding.
Unit-III
8. Analyze the microstructure of different heat treated steel specimen and their effect on mechanical properties.
9. Examine the effect of quenching, normalizing and tempering on steel component.
10. Determination of harden ability of steel specimen by Jominy END quench test.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEP-206
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Experimentation
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
44
UCY-246 Life Skills and Mentoring L T P S C CH
0 1 0 0 0 1.0
Pre-requisites/
Exposure
NA
Co-requisites
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• Personal Self-Management Skills – Enabling Student to Learn and demonstrate a set of
practical skills such as time management, self management, handling conflicts. Students
to develop skills of effective decision making. Develop and nurture a deep understanding
of personal motivation
45
• General Social Skills: Students understand the consequences and the influences of the
media. • Value Inculcation: Understanding and developing value education towards nation and global.
Realize their potential as human beings and count themselves properly in the ways of the world
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
• Acquisition and application of life skills can influence the way as individual feels about others
• Living life fully and productively requires acquiring and mastering life skills
• It helps students to know and understand themselves better, to live life more consciously and deliberately,
attain personal satisfaction, fulfillment and growth
• It will enhance productivity, efficiency, self esteem and self confidence
• It improve inter personal relations, helps solve problems, face challenges and tackle unforeseen
contingencies with equanimity and presence of mind
• It Helps maintain good physical and mental health and capacity for happy living and putting leisure time to
good use
• It lessens violent behavior, increase self control and sociability, improves classroom behavior, better
handling of interpersonal problems and coping with anxiety
• It equips adolescents with using head, hand and heart
• It promotes adaptability and adjustability among adolescents
COURSE DESCRIPTION
The course will help students to enhance the skills for positive self-concepts and maximize students' full potential and personal development by: teaching a variety of practical skills required for everyday living; improving social skills; strengthening community connections and knowledge
Text Books:
1. M
entoring Programme Handbook, Chandigarh University, 2019
Reference Books:
1. Daniel Goleman (2012). Working with Emotional Intelligence. Bloomsbury Publishing India Private
Limited
Web Resources:
1. http://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/improving-communication. 2. https://www.mindtools.com/ 3. www.psychologytoday.com
COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I 4 Contact Hours
46
1. Self Motivation: Definition of self Motivation, Steps to motivate yourself, Helping students to bolster
their own motivation
2.Resilience-Mental Toughness:Understanding of resilience, Characteristics of a resilient person,
How to become more resilient, Benefits of resiliency
3.Decision making: Understanding of decision making, Effective decision making, Process of decision
making
UNIT-II 4 Contact Hours
4. The media and health: Content Analysis of media techniques, comparing media messages
to previous Knowledge, oral presentations and project
5. Conflict Management: Understanding Conflict Management, Strategies to avoid Conflicts,
Tips for Managing Conflict
6. Giving: Talk about your feelings when you give, how you feel when you make charitable
contributions or buy things for those in need. Do you feel proud, helpful, kind, or generous?
Does it make you feel good that you can make a difference in other people’s lives?
7. Humility: Understanding Humility, importance of humility, why does humility matters,
developing and cultivating humility
UNIT-III 4 Contact Hours
8. Problem solving: Problem solving: nature and scope, process of developing problem
solving skill, development of interventions
9. Time Management: Understanding Time Management, Awareness of time wasters, Tips
for Time Management, Benefits of Time Management
10. Value Education towards nation and global development: Constitutional or national values
- Democracy, socialism, secularism, equality, justice, liberty, freedom and fraternity. Social
Values, Professional Values, Religious Values, Aesthetic values
Mode of Evaluation: The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Internal
Assessment (CAE)
Semester End
Examination (SEE)
Marks NA NA
Total Marks NA
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
Mapping Between COs and Pos
SN Course Outcome (CO) Mapped Programme
Outcome (PO)
47
1 The ability to keep going and pursue goals in the face of setbacks,
the desire to improve or to meet certain standards. Learn to better
manage themselves and their personal state in stressful
circumstances. Define different components that are involved in
developing good decision- making skills.
1, 2,3,4
2 Understand the concept and significance of interpersonal
relationships and how to develop it. Identify the types and sources
of conflicts and how they can be resolved. Building a culture of
philanthropy among students. Learning to become humble and
building trust.
1, 2,3,4
3 Select and use appropriate concepts and methods from a variety of
disciplines to solve problems effectively and creatively. Identify
time wasters and adopt strategies for reducing them, Clarify and
priorities your objectives and goals, by creating more planning time.
1, 2, 3,4
1.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
UCY246 Life Skills and Mentoring
1. 1=addressed to small extent
2. 2= addressed significantly
3. 3=major part of course
Chandigarh University, Gharuan
Scheme
Version 2018
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS L T P C
Common to all branches of Engineering LEET (3rd
semester):
3 1 0 4
Subject Code
SMY-222
Prerequisite: Knowledge of Mathematics up to
senior secondary level.
Total hours =45
Course Objectives
To impart analytical ability in solving Mathematical problems as applied to the
respective branches of Engineering
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
48
1 Apply knowledge of linear algebra and improve their ability of computation in
matrices and complex numbers.
2 Get familiarized to partial differentiation and apply the notions practically.
3 Understand various ordinary and linear differential equations and practice various
methods of solving these differential equations.
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-I
BASIC ALGEBRA
Matrices: Rank of matrices; elementary transformation; reduction to normal form; consistency and
solution of homogenous and non homogeneous algebraic equations
Complex Numbers: De-Moivre’s theorem, applications of De-Moivre’s theorem ; real and imaginary
parts of exponential function; logarithmic function ; circular function; Hyperbolic functions.
Infinite Series: Convergence and divergence of series; tests of convergence (without proofs),
comparison test; ratio test and Gauss test; convergence and absolute convergence of alternating series.
[15H] Unit-II
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
Partial Differentiation: Review of basic differentiation, Definition of Partial Differentiation, Function of
two or more variables; homogeneous function; Euler’s theorem; composite functions; implicit functions;
total derivatives;
Differential equations: Ordinary Differential Equation, Exact differential equations, Variable Separable
method to solve ODE . [15H]
Unit-III
MULTIPLE INTEGRAL AND VECTOR CALCULUS
Double and Triple Integration: Review of basic of integration, Double and triple Integration;
Vector Calculus : Scalar and vector fields; differentiation of vectors ; vector differential operators: del,
gradient, divergence, curl , properties. Gauss divergence theorem; Green’s theorem in plane; Stoke’s
theorem (without proofs) . [15H] TEXT BOOKS
1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 42th ed.2013.
Reference Material:
1. Kreyszig , E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley,10th Ed.2011.
2. Ray Wylie, C., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 6th ed., McGraw Hill.
3. Jain, R.K. and lyengar, S.R.K., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd Edition.
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,2004.
4. Ramana , B.V Advanced Engineering Mathematics, McGraw Hill, July 2006.
49
Course Outcomes:
A. To develop the firm foundation in Mathematical science principles and higher level of understanding in
each of the Mathematics sub-disciplines pure, applied and analytical Mathematics.
B. To think critically, analyse and provide solutions of Mathematics related problems in their core field.
C. To excel in career as researcher in both traditional and emerging fields of science and engineering.
D. To understand the current ethical issues in Mathematics and be able to apply in industries / research.
E. To present scientific and technical information with high level of confidence.
F. To learn the new areas of Mathematics for contemporary research with interdisciplinary approach.
G. To able to acquire the knowledge of current issues in Mathematics for lifelong learning process.
H. To conduct an investigation of a complex problem using scientific knowledge for analysis and
interpretation of data.
Course outcomes
Subject
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √ √ √
Unit
Mapping
I,II
,III
I,II
,III
I,II,I
II
I,II
,III
I,II
,III
I,II
,III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO M
N
G
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACT
ICAL
TRAI
NING
SEMINA
R
× × × × × ×
Department Applied Sciences
Subject
Code:
AMY-215
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
50
Teaching –Learning Process
Teaching aids
Open-
ended
problem/
Numerical
Project-
type
activity
Lab
Work
Open-
ended
lab
work
Delivery mode
Beyond the
curriculum
Video,
Ppt. etc
Online
lecture
Theory/
Description
Numerical/
Designed
problem
40% 60% 10%
Instructions for the paper-setter:
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks= 60 Time: 3 Hours
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the whole syllabus
( total 10 marks)
3. Section B,C,D contains 9 questions in total, 3 from each Unit I,II,III respectively . Attempt any five question from
Section B,C,D taking at least one question from each section but not more than two questions from Section-B,C,D.
(Total 50 marks).
51
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version
2018
Industrial Applications of CAD L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Basics of 2D Drawing Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEY-201
The main objective of this course is to enhance the Machine drawing capability
and several basics to advanced concepts in the rapidly evolving field of drafting
and design
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics features of CAD to construst 2D and 3D models of various
machine elements.
2 Differentiate between 2D and 3D models of various temporary and permanent
fasteners used in machines and structures.
3 Describe the significane of limit, Fits, Tolerances, dimensioning, convention
and features of machine elements in detail and assembly drawing
4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety,
52
legal and environmental aspects.
5 Gererate the blueprints and express the same effectively in oral and written manners
through report and practical presentation.
List of Practical
Unit-I 1. Introduction of CAD Software's and its GUI, Co-ordinate System Basics, UCS commands
2. Study of all the status bar commands, limits, units, zoom, pan commands.
3. Demonstration on the dimensioning, need, its types, principle of dimensioning, dimensioning of counter
sunk part, flat and counter bore part, hole, chamfer, taper and thread.
4. Demonstration on the sectioning, need, its types, sectioning of revolved, removed local, successive and thin
section.
5. Demonstration on Limits, Fits and Tolerance, classification of fits, systems of fits, selection of fits and
methods o indicating the fit on drawing.
6. Demonstration on Tolerance, types of tolerance, grade, computation of tolerance, fundamental deviation,
shaft and hole terminology, methods of placing limit dimensions, Demonstration on need of geometrical
tolerance, Indication of MMC, interpretation of indication of geometrical tolerance.
Unit-II
7. Demonstration and practice on Conventional representation of Materials, interrupted view and braking of
shafts, pipe bar, surface finish and Machining symbols.
8. Demonstration and Practice on Introduction to Rivet and Riveting, Classification o Rivets,
Terminology o Riveted Joints and types of joints, different types of Rivets and Rivets head
9. Demonstration on types of Riveting like Chain, Zig-zag and diamond etc.
10. Demonstration and practice on Riveting Joints like Single Riveted Lap joint, Double riveted lap
joint chain riveting, double riveted lap joint zig-zag riveting.
11. Demonstration on types of Riveting like Chain, Zig-zag and diamond etc.
12. Demonstration and practice on Riveting joint like Butt joint,Double riveted Butt joint chain
riveting, double riveted Butt joint zig-zag riveting.
Unit-III
13. Demonstration and practice on Welded joints, types of welded joints, Representations of Welds,
Symbols and its conventions.
14. Demonstration and practice on Machine screw, theirs head, materials, drive, finish type, grade
and specification.
15. Demonstration and Practice on different types of Nuts, designation, Types of Bolts, stud joints,
types of locking nut arrangements, special types of nut and bolts and applications.
16. Practice on Creation of Plane, Surface and Helix command using solid works.
17. Demonstration and practice on different types Foundation bolt, their specification and
applications.
18. Demonstration and practice on Key joints, types of keys, types of cotter joints, types of pin and
knuckle joints.
53
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEY-201
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Demonstration and practice of Drawing making on P.C and analyzing the 2D and 3D views.
2. Critical Analysis of different views of objects.
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Mechanical Measurement and Metrology L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3*
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEY-202
To understand the basic principles, construction and working of mechanical
measuring instrument and to acquire proficiency in using, calibrating various
measurement systems.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the basic concepts of Mechanical Measurement and Metrology using standard codes and
procedure
2 Make use of various devices and techniques for the measurement of dimensions, roughness, limit, fit,
tolerance, temperature and power consumption
3 Classify the measurement system of dimensions, roughness, limit, fit, tolerance, temperature and power
consumption during different systems.
54
4 Determine the dimensions, roughness, limit, fit, tolerance, temperature and power consumption during
different systems as per standard procedure
5 Explain the importance and applications of dimensioning, surface roughness, limit, fit, tolerance,
temperature and power consumption utilizing latest techniques.
Unit -I
1.General Concepts: Objectives of Metrology, Classification of methods of measurements,
Requirements of an Inspection tool, Standardization and standardization organization, Sources of Errors,
Accuracy and Precision and interchangeability (5 Hrs.)
2. Linear measurement: Line graduated measuring instruments, Steel rule, Calipers, Surface plate,
Engineer’s square, Radius Gauges, Feeler gauges, Slip Gauge,Pitch screw gauge, Vernier Instruments,
Vernier height and depth gauge, Micrometers. (5 Hrs)
3. Angular Measurement and Dial indicators: Angular Measurement and Dial indicators : Vernier and
optical bevel protractor, Sine bars, Clinometers, V- Block, Angle gauges, Angle plates, Spirit level, Dial
Indicators, Classification and Working mechanism of dial indicators and its applications (5 Hrs.)
Unit –II
4. Measurement of Surface finish: Introduction, Basic components of surface topography,
Methods of measuring surface finish, direct instrument method, Replica method, Analysis of
surface traces, Assessment of Surface roughness (5 Hrs.)
5. Limit, fits, Tolerance and Comparators: Tolerances, Basic terms used in defining tolerances, Limits
of Size, ISO system of limits and fits, GO and NO-GO gauges, Characteristics of Comparators; Its
applications, Mechanical comparators, Mechanical optical comparators, Electrical and electronic
comparators, Pneumatic comparators, Optical Principles. (5 Hrs.)
6. Temperature and Power measurement: Liquid-in-glass thermometer; thermo-electric sensors -
common thermo couple and its types, metal resistance thermometers and Thermistors; Dynamometers;
Transmission type and Absorption Type
(5 Hrs.)
Unit –III
7. Coordinate Metrology and Form Measurement (7 hours)
Coordinate Measuring Machine-components of CMM-types-measuring head -types ofprobe- alignment
error-causes of error -measuring accuracy-calibration of CMM performanceof CMM-applications-
measurement integration, Measurement ofstraightness - Flatness - squareness - parallelism - circularity –
roundness and runout.
8. Protective Coatings and Lithography: (8 Hours)
Metallic and Non Metallic coating, Nano Lithography, Photolithography, and Electron beam lithography,
Ion Beam lithography, Optical lithography-LIGA process
TEXT BOOKS 1. Jain.R.K, “Engineering Metrology”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Gupta.R.C, “Statistical Quality Control”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1994 3. V.Raghavan, “Physical Metallurgy” , second edition Prentice Hall of India PvtLimited, 2012. 4. O.P.Khanna, “Material science and engineering”, Dhanpat Rai publications,1987.
Reference Material:
55
1. Dieter, G. E., “Mechanical Metallurgy”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2001.
2. Kevin Harding , “Handbook of Optical Dimensional Metrology”, CRC Press, A Taylor & Francis group,
2013.
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one
compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The
compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in
all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.
All questions carry equal marks.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEY-202
56
Scheme
Version Biology for Engineers L T P C
Applicable for Programs: Batch-2018 ( CSE/IT, EE/ECE, CSE
(Hons) & Batch -2017 (ME,AME , Mechatronics )
3 0 0 3
Version -18 Prerequisite: - NIL Total hours =45
Objectives
Subject
Code
SZT-172/
SZT-272
This subject is designed to impart basic concepts of biology to the students with Engineering background. To understand fundamental knowledge on the structure andfunctions of the various systems of the human body. Analyse the interlinked mechanisms in the maintenance of normal functioning (homeostasis) of human body.
Subject Outcome
1 Analyse the gross morphology, structure and functions of various organs of the human body.
2 Evaluate the various homeostatic mechanisms and their imbalances.
3 Distinguish the coordinated working pattern of different organs of each system.
4 To impart basic knowledge of working of medical technologies.
COURSE CONTENTS:
57
Unit Description
Time
required
(in hours)
1
Introduction to Human body:
Cell, Tissue, Organ, Organ System, Structure and functions of cell,
homeostasis, feedback mechanism: positive and negative, Types of
tissues: Structure and function of epithelial, connective, muscular and
nervous tissue, Muscle Physiology: Muscle contraction and aspects of
skin resistance.
9
Respiratory System: Anatomy with special reference to anatomy of
lungs, Mechanism of respiration, its regulation and lung volumes. 6
2
Introduction to major organ systems- I
Circulatory System: Anatomy of Heart, Elements of conduction
system, cardiac cycle, heart valves, blood circulation: systemic and
pulmonary, Composition of blood, its types and their functions,
transmission of cardiac impulse, blood pressure and its regulation.
Einthoven’s triangle twelve lead system and ECG waveforms.
9
Biosensors and Instruments: ECG, EEG,EMG 6
3
Introduction to major organ systems- II
Nervous System: Different parts and their functions. Reflex actions
and reflex arc, functions of sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous
system. Nerve conduction and action potentials.
Excretory System:- Structure of nephron, functions of kidney, urinary
bladder, urethra, internal/external sphincters , physiology of urine
formation.
8
Digestive System: Anatomy of the gastro-intestinal tract, gastro
intestinal secretions and their functions, deglutition and defecation.
Sensory system :
Eye:- Structure and function, refractive medias, working and power of
accommodation.
Ear: Structure and functions.
7
Total hours: 45
Suggested Readings/ Books:
Books Recommended:
Text books:
1. Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness, Ross and Wilson, Churchill Livingstone,
58
Newyork
2. Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education).
3. Textbook of Zoology. J K Dhami and Dhami P S. Pradeeps Publication.
Reference Books:
1. Guyton, A.C. & Hall, J.E. W.B. Textbook of Medical Physiology.9th edition1996,Sanders
Co.New York
2. Ganong WE. Review of Medical Physiology. Appleton and Lange, USA.
3. Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R.Principles of Anatomy and Physiology 9 th
edition,2000.
4. Collins College Publishers, Luciano, New York
5. Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education)
6. Williams PL, Warwick R. Gray’s Anatomy. Churchill Livingstone, USA.
Subject Outcomes:
I. To develop the firm foundation in biological principles and higher level of understanding
in each of the biology sub-discipline such as human physiology.
J. To excel in career as researcher in both traditional and emerging fields of engineering.
K. To engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of engineering.
L. To present biological information with high level of confidence.
M. To learn the new areas of biology for contemporary research with interdisciplinary
approach.
N. To learn the working of various medical technologies.
O. To communicate effectively regards to various processes that are happening in human body.
P. Analysebiologicalprocessesatthereductionisticlevel.
Subject outcome
Subject
outcome
A B C D E F G H
Subject
mapping
Unit
Mapping
I,
II,
I,
II,
I,
II,
I,
II,
I,
II,
59
III III III III III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
× × × × × ×
Department Applied Sciences
Subject Code: SZT-172/ SZT-272
Biology for Engineers
Teaching –Learning Process
Teaching aids
Open-
ended
problem/
Numerical
Project-
type
activity
Lab
Work
Open-
ended
lab
work
Delivery mode Beyond the
curriculum
Video,
Ppt. etc
Online
lecture
Theory/
Description
Numerical/
Designed
problem
100 10%
Scheme of Evaluation
Internal Marks = 40 External Marks = 60
Instructions for the paper-setter:
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3
Hours
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
60
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Section B, C and D contains 9 questions from Unit I, II, III respectively. The student have to
attempt any five questions from Section B,C,D taking at least one question from each section
and also not more than two question from Section-B,C,D. (total 50 marks).
Name of the Subject Biology for
Engineers
Subject Code SZT-172/SZT-272
It is certified That syllabus is free from spelling, grammatical or any duplicacy. Course outcomes have been
mapped with Program outcome
S. No. Name Designation Signature
1 Dr. Manpreet Binner Asstt. Prof
2 Dr. Renu Sharma HOD
61
4th Semester
Syllabus
ChandigarhUniversity,Gharuan
Scheme
Version
2018-19
APPLIED MATHEMATICS-III
( Sem-IV)
L T P C
Applicable to ME/AME/CHE/PE/MTE/AE 3 1 0 4
Subject
Code:
SMT-273
Prerequisite: knowledge of partial differentiation
and ordinary differential equations. Totalhours= 45
Course Objectives
62
Toimpart analytical ability in solvingmathematical problems as applied
to the respective branches of Engineering
CourseOutcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Understand concept of partial differential equations in various forms.
The applications of partial differential equations.
2 Grasp the ideas of probability and random variables and various discrete and
continuous probability distributions and their properties.
3 Apprehend the basic ideas of statistics including measures of central tendency,
correlation and regression.
The content oftheSyllabus
Unit-I
PartialDifferentialEquations–Firstorder:
Firstorderpartialdifferentialequations,solutionsoffirstorderlinearandnon-linearPDEs.
PartialDifferentialEquations–Higherorder:
Solutiontohomogenousandnon-homogenouslinearpartialdifferentialequationssecondand
higherorderbycomplimentaryfunction andparticularintegralmethod. second-
orderlinearequationsandtheirclassification,
solutionofthewaveequation ,SeparationofvariablesmethodtosimpleproblemsinCartesiancoordinates and
theLaplacianin plane.
[15H]
Unit-II
Basic Probability: Probability spaces, conditional probability, independence; Discrete random variables, Independent
random variables, the multinomial distribution, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution,
infinite sequences of Bernoulli trials, sums of independent random variables; Expectation of Discrete
Random Variables
Continuous Probability Distributions:
Continuous random varibales and their properties, distribution functions and densities, normal,
exponential and gamma densities.
[15 H]
Unit-III
Basic Statistics:
Measures of Central tendency: Moments, skewness and Kurtosis - Probability distributions: Binomial,
Poisson and Normal - evaluation of statistical parameters for these three distributions.
63
Applied Statistics:
Curve fitting by the method of least squares- fitting of straight lines, second degree Parabola and more
general curves. Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions,
single mean, difference of means, and difference of standard deviations. [15 H]
TEXTBOOKS (i) Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,2006.
(ii) B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010.
ReferenceMaterial:
(iv) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, LaxmiPublications, Reprint,
2008.
(v) B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11thReprint, 2010.
The Students outcomes are: An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, and engineering.
a) An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
b) An ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such
as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and
sustainability.
c) An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.
d) An ability to identify, formulates, and solves engineering problems.
e) An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
f) An ability to communication effectively.
g) The board education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in global, economic,
environmental, and societal context.
h) Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
i) Knowledge of contemporary issues.
j) An ability to use the techniques skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice
Subjectoutc
ome
Subject
Outcom
e
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mappin
g
✓
✓
✓
Un
it
Mappin
g
I,II,III I,II,III I,II,III
64
Teaching–
LearningProcess
Teaching aids
Open-
ended
problem/
Numerical
Project-
type
activity
Lab
Work
Open-
ended
lab
work
Deliverymode
Beyondthe
Curriculum
Video,
Ppt.
etc
Online
lecture Theory/
Description
Numerical/
Designed
problem
40% 60% 10%
Instructionsfor the paper-setter:
Please gothroughthese instructionsthoroughlyandfollowthe same pattern
whilesettingthe paperas the studentshave beenpreparedaccordingtothis format.
Maximum Marks=60 Time:3 Hours
Weightageperunit=20marks(excluding overattemptweightage)
1.QuestionPaperwillconsistoftenquestions.
2.SectionAof questionpaperiscompulsory, containingfivepartseach of2marks coveringthewhole
syllabus (total10marks)
3.SectionB, C, Dcontains9 questionsin total,3from each UnitI, II, IIIrespectively.
AttemptanyfivequestionsfromSectionB, C, Dtaking at leastonequestionfrom each
sectionbutnotmore thantwo questions fromSection-B, C, D.(Total50 marks).
Name of the Subject Applied Engg.
MATHEMATICS-III Subject Code
Categor
y
UC B/F D
C
D
E
U
O
MN
G
✓
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMIN
AR
Department MATHEMATICS
Subject
Code:
SMT-273
Applied MATHEMATICS-III
65
(Sem-1V) AMT-258
It is certified That syllabus is free from spelling, grammatical or any duplicacy. Course outcomes have
been mapped with Program outcome
S. No. Name Designation Signature
1 Mr. Amarjeet Arora Asstt. Prof
2 Mr. Rajveer Singh Subject Coordinator
3 Dr. S.S. Chauhan HOD
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Subject Code
TDT 252
Name of the Subject : APTITUDE L T P C
Total Contact Hours -24 Hours
0 2 0 1 Applicable to which branch -All
Branches
Prerequisite-Aptitude 1
Marks
Internal 40 External 60 Course Objective
To Impart analytical ability in solving mathematical problems as applied to the respective branches of Engineering
66
Unit Course Outcome
1. To enhance the ability to answer the problems related to critical reasoning.
2. To improve the concepts of comparison of two or more things and to generate the relation
among them.
3. To improve the ability of students to make a decision from the given problems.
Content of the Syllabus
Unit-I
1. Ratio and proportion: Concept of ratio of two or more quantities things and their proportions.
2. Variation-direct and indirect: Concept of Direct & Indirect variation between two variables,
Equating the constant of variation.
3. Partnership: How to find the ratio of profit and share w.r.t. time and investment.
4. Polynomials and Algebraic expressions: Concepts zeros and roots, To find Remainder .
5. Linear equations: To make linear equation from statement, Number of solutions.
Unit-II
7. Syllogism: Solving the problems using venn diagram.
8.Coding Decoding:
• Letter Coding
• Number Coding
• Matrix coding
• Substitution
• Mixed Letter Coding
• Mixed Number Coding
• Deciphering Individual Letter Codes By Analysis
9. Data interpretation:
• Tabular representation
• 2-D graphs
• 3-D graphs
• Venn diagram based DI questions
• Pert chart
• Miscellaneous
Unit-III
10. Logarithms: SolvingLogarithms problems using properties.
11. Permutations & Combinations:Basic concepts of arrangements & Combinations.
12. Probability: Basic concept of sample space & favorable outcomes. Differentiating between types of
probability.
67
13. Data Sufficiency: To check sufficiency of given information to solve the problem.
Text Books –
Reference Material –
Guha Abhijit Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations 2011 Tata McGraw Hill Publication
7 West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110008.
Aggarwal R.S A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning 2012 S.Chand Publishing
Kuttab Road, New Delhi. 011-23672080
Course Code APTITUDE– TDT 252
Department Teaching the
Subject DEPARTMENT OF CAREER DEVELOPMENT
Program Outcome a b c D E f g h i j k
II I,III
Mapping of Course
outcome with Program
outcome
Category
BS
ES PD PC PE OE Project/
Training
✓
Approval
Subject Code
UCT-293
Creativity and Critical thinking L T P C
Total Contact Hours :30
2 0 0 2 Applicable to which branch: all
engineering and non engineering
branches
Marks
Internal : External :
Course Objective This subject makes students understand the importance of critical and creative thinking skills. It provides the
conceptual framework to identify problems in everyday life to make the right and appropriate decisions.
Unit Course Outcome
68
4. To understand the importance of thinking skills in everyday life.
5. To develop the attitude and techniques for creative problem solving.
6. To apply the basic skills for working in innovative teams.
Content of the Syllabus
UNIT-1
Thinking as a Skill:Concept of Thinking; Importance of thinking; Habitual thinking vs. thinking as a
deliberate skill that can be controlled; Vertical (critical) vs. (lateral creative) thinking; Attitude and
psychological preparations for thinking.
Critical Thinking: IntroductionCritical thinking; Role of critical thinking and how it can
complementcreative thinking in problem solving; Logical and critical thinking.
UNIT-2
Meaning Analysis: The nature of meaning; Meaning and reference;
Argument Analysis: Identifying arguments; Validity and Soundness; Inductive strength and cogency;
Fallacy Analysis: Common errors in thinking including inconsistency, irrelevance, insufficiency, and
inappropriate assumptions.
UNIT-3
Creative Thinking: Introduction Creativity as an ability to modify self-imposed constraints;
Characteristics of creative people; Basic elements affecting creativity in practice.
Generating Ideas: Avoiding blocks to creativity; Stimulating ideas using various techniques and tools
Creative and Critical Thinking in Teams: Characteristics of effective teams; Stimulating creativity and
problem solving in teams; Communication, trust building and conflict-reduction for teams.
Recommended Textbooks:
1. Lau, Joe. . An Introduction to Critical Thinking and Creativity: Think More, Think Better. Wiley.
2. Bassham, G. et al. (2005). Critical Thinking: A Student’s Introduction. (2nd ed.), McGraw Hill.
Reference Books:
1. Walton, D. N. (2005). Fundamentals of Critical Argumentation. Cambridge University Press.
2. Walton, D. N. (1989). Informal Logic: A Handbook of Critical Argumentation. Cambridge University Press.
Management COMMERCIAL AND COMPANY LAW
Program Outcome a b c D E f G h i j k
Mapping of Course
outcome with Program
outcome
√
Category
BS
ES PD PC PE OE Project/
Training
69
Approval Date of meeting of the Board of Studies
3. NOTE FOR THE PAPER SETTER
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set 3 questions from each unit and 1
compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus consisting of 5 short answer questions. Compulsory
question will be placed at number one. Candidate shall be required to attempt 6 questions in all including
compulsory question and selecting not more than 2 questions from each unit. All questions carry equal
marks
Chandigarh University, Gharuan
Scheme
Version Biology for Engineers
L T P C
Applicable for Programs: Batch-2018 ( CSE/IT, EE/ECE, CSE (Hons) &
Batch -2017 (ME,AME , Mechatronics )
3 0 0 3
Version -18 Prerequisite: - NIL Total hours =45
Objectives
Subject
Code
SZT-172/
SZT-272
This subject is designed to impart basic concepts of biology to the students with Engineering background. To understand fundamental knowledge on the structure andfunctions of the various systems of the human body. Analyse the interlinked mechanisms in the maintenance of normal functioning (homeostasis) of human body.
70
Subject Outcome
1 Analyse the gross morphology, structure and functions of various organs of the human body.
2 Evaluate the various homeostatic mechanisms and their imbalances.
3 Distinguish the coordinated working pattern of different organs of each system.
4 To impart basic knowledge of working of medical technologies.
COURSE CONTENTS:
Unit Description
Time
required
(in hours)
1
Introduction to Human body:
Cell, Tissue, Organ, Organ System, Structure and functions of cell,
homeostasis, feedback mechanism: positive and negative, Types of tissues:
Structure and function of epithelial, connective, muscular and nervous tissue,
Muscle Physiology: Muscle contraction and aspects of skin resistance.
9
Respiratory System: Anatomy with special reference to anatomy of lungs,
Mechanism of respiration, its regulation and lung volumes. 6
2
Introduction to major organ systems- I
Circulatory System: Anatomy of Heart, Elements of conduction system,
cardiac cycle, heart valves, blood circulation: systemic and pulmonary,
Composition of blood, its types and their functions, transmission of cardiac
impulse, blood pressure and its regulation.
Einthoven’s triangle twelve lead system and ECG waveforms.
9
Biosensors and Instruments: ECG, EEG,EMG 6
3
Introduction to major organ systems- II
Nervous System: Different parts and their functions. Reflex actions and
reflex arc, functions of sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system.
Nerve conduction and action potentials.
Excretory System:- Structure of nephron, functions of kidney, urinary
bladder, urethra, internal/external sphincters , physiology of urine formation.
8
Digestive System: Anatomy of the gastro-intestinal tract, gastro intestinal
secretions and their functions, deglutition and defecation.
Sensory system :
Eye:- Structure and function, refractive medias, working and power of
accommodation.
Ear: Structure and functions.
7
Total hours: 45
71
Suggested Readings/ Books:
Books Recommended:
Text books:
4. Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness, Ross and Wilson, Churchill Livingstone, Newyork 5. Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education).
6. Textbook of Zoology. J K Dhami and Dhami P S. Pradeeps Publication.
Reference Books:
7. Guyton, A.C. & Hall, J.E. W.B. Textbook of Medical Physiology.9th edition1996,Sanders Co.New
York
8. Ganong WE. Review of Medical Physiology. Appleton and Lange, USA.
9. Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R.Principles of Anatomy and Physiology 9 th edition,2000.
10. Collins College Publishers, Luciano, New York
11. Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education)
12. Williams PL, Warwick R. Gray’s Anatomy. Churchill Livingstone, USA.
Subject Outcomes:
Q. To develop the firm foundation in biological principles and higher level of understanding
in each of the biology sub-discipline such as human physiology.
R. To excel in career as researcher in both traditional and emerging fields of engineering.
S. To engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of engineering.
T. To present biological information with high level of confidence.
U. To learn the new areas of biology for contemporary research with interdisciplinary
approach.
V. To learn the working of various medical technologies.
W. To communicate effectively regards to various processes that are happening in human body.
X. Analysebiologicalprocessesatthereductionisticlevel.
Subject outcome
Subject
outcome
A B C D E F G H
Subject
mapping
Unit
Mapping
I,
II,
III
I,
II,
III
I,
II,
III
I,
II,
III
I,
II,
III
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
72
Category HONS PROJE
CT
BW PRACTI
CAL
TRAININ
G
SEMIN
AR
× × × × × ×
Department Applied Sciences
Subject Code: SZT-172/ SZT-272
Biology for Engineers
Teaching –Learning Process
Teaching aids
Open-
ended
problem/
Numerical
Project-
type
activity
Lab
Work
Open-
ended
lab
work
Delivery mode Beyond the
curriculum
Video,
Ppt. etc
Online
lecture
Theory/
Description
Numerical/
Designed
problem
100 10%
Scheme of Evaluation
Internal Marks = 40 External Marks = 60
Instructions for the paper-setter:
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3
Hours
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
73
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Section B, C and D contains 9 questions from Unit I, II, III respectively. The student have to
attempt any five questions from Section B,C,D taking at least one question from each section
and also not more than two question from Section-B,C,D. (total 50 marks).
Name of the Subject Biology for
Engineers
Subject Code SZT-172/SZT-272
It is certified That syllabus is free from spelling, grammatical or any duplicacy. Course outcomes have been
mapped with Program outcome
S. No. Name Designation Signature
1 Dr. Manpreet Binner Asstt. Prof
2 Dr. Renu Sharma HOD
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Mechanics of Solids L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Engineering Mechanics Total hours =45
Course Objectives
MET-251
To impart the knowledge about different types of stress, strain in various conditions
and the deformation of bodies under loading
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of mechanics of solids.
74
2 Solve the problems based on energy methods, theories of failures, Springs, cylinders, column,
centrifugal stresses and deflection of beam
3 Examine the stresses induced in different structural and machine elements using different techniques
and methods
4 Analyze the impact of stresses induced in different structural and machine elements using different
techniques and methods
5 Determine the different types of stresses encountered invarious types of beams, springs, cylinders,
column & Struts and discs using different theories and principles.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT- I
1. ENERGY METHODS: Strain energy in simple tension or compression, stresses due to different types
of loads, strain energy due to principal stresses, energy of dilation and distortion,Castigliano’s theorem
and its application to calculate the deflection in cantilever and simply supported beams, Maxwell’s
theorem of reciprocal deflection. (9Hrs)
2. THEORIES OF FAILURE: Maximum Principal Stress Theory, Maximum Shear Stress Theory,
Strain Energy Theory, Shear Strain Energy Theory; Maximum Principal Strain Theory and their graphical
representation along with their application to problems relating to two dimensional stress systems
only.(6Hrs)
UNIT-II
3. SPRINGS: Closed coil and open coil helical springs with axial load subjected to axial twist; Springs in
Series and Parallel; Leaf springs and Flat spiral springs – their deflection and stresses (4Hrs)
4. THINAND THICK CYLINDERS Hoop and Longitudinal stresses & strains in thin cylindrical &
spherical vessels, Calculation of Change in dimensions of thin cylindrical vessels due to internal pressure,
Derivation of Lame’s equations, calculation of radial, longitudinal and hoop stresses due to internal
pressure in thick cylinders, Design of thick cylindrical shell; Compound or shrunk cylinders; Thick
Spherical Shells (5Hrs)
5.SLOPE AND DEFLECTION: Determination of slope and deflection for a cantilever and simply
supported beam under point load and uniformly distributed load by Double integration method,
Macaulay’s Method and Moment area method (6Hrs)
UNIT-III
6. COLUMNS & STRUT: Concept of columns and their types, modes of failure, equivalent length,
buckling load, crushing load, slenderness ratio, factors effecting strength of a column,end restraints ,
Strength of column by Euler Formula, Limitations of Euler’s formula, Rankine-Gourdan formula(5Hrs)
75
7. CENTRIFUGAL STRESSES: Rotational stresses in rings and thin discs; Discs of uniform strength
(4Hrs)
8.BENDING OF CURVED BEAM:Introduction, stresses in curved bar, values of cross-sectional bar
constant for rectangular, circular, triangular, trapezoidal, T and I section, Stresses in ring and chain,
deflection of curved bar, closed ring and chain link (6Hrs)
Text Books: 1. Dr. Sadhu Singh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers.
2. S. RamaMrutham, Strength of Materials, DhanpatRai& Sons
3. Dr. R. K. Bansal,Strength of Material (Laxmi Publishers)
Reference Books: 1 D.H Shames, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall Inc.
2 GH Ryder, Strength of Materials – (MacMillan)
3 Crandall &Dahi,An introduction to Mechanics of Solids – (McGraw Hill ) 4 Gere, Mechanics of
Materials (Cengage Learning)
5 Hibler, Mechanics of Materials (Pearson Education)
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code
MET-251
76
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Applied Thermodynamics L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Engineering Thermodynamics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-252
The course will prepare engineersto understand the concepts of Applied
Thermodynamics to solve practical engineering problems.
It will enhance ability to address new problems in the rapidly changing
technological scenario.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the fundamentals of steam generator, nozzles, steam turbines, condensers and
77
compressors.
2 Classify the different types of boilers, steam turbines, condensers and compressors.
3 Solve the problems related to boiler, steam nozzles, turbine, condenser, compressors.
4 Evaluate the performance characteristics of steam, nozzles, impulse and reaction
turbines.
5 Select the boiler, nozzle, turbine, condenser and compressors for particular
application.
UNIT - I
1. Steam Generators (8 hours)
Boiler Classification, Fire and water tube boilers; Description of Cochran, Lancashire, Babcock and Wilcox
boilers, Stirling Boiler, Super Critical Boilers, Mountings and Accessories; high pressure boilers,
Characteristics of high pressure boilers, steam accumulators, boiler performance-equivalent evaporation,
boiler efficiency, boiler trial and heat balance; Types of draught and Calculation of chimney height
2. Steam Nozzles: (7 hours):
Introduction, Types of steam nozzles, Flow of steam throughconvergent, divergent & convergent- divergent
nozzle, Critical pressure ratio, Diameter of throat and exit for maximum discharge, Effect of friction in
nozzle, Nozzle efficiency, supersaturated flow or metastable flow, Effects of super saturation.
UNIT - II
3. Impulse Steam Turbines: (7 hours)
Introduction, Classification of steam turbine, Pressure and velocity variation, Velocity diagram, Effect of
blade friction on combined velocity triangle, Calculations of force, axial thrust, work done, Stage efficiency,
blade efficiency and overall efficiency, compounding of Impulse steam turbine, Internal losses in Turbines.
4. Reaction Steam Turbines: (7hours)
Pressure and velocity variation in a Reaction Turbine, Comparison b/w Impulse & Reaction turbine,
Velocity Triangles & combined velocity triangles, Degree of reaction, Calculations of force, axial thrust,
work done & various turbine efficiencies, derivation for maximum efficiency; calculation of blade height;
Effect of reheating the steam, reheat factor, Special purpose turbines, Losses in steam turbines, Governing of
steam turbines.
UNIT – III
5. Condensers: (6 hours):
Introduction, Classification, Parts of steam condensing plant, Mixture of Air & Steam based on Dalton’s
law,condenser and vacuum efficiencies,Cooling water calculations, Methods to check and prevent air
infiltration, Air Extraction pumps and calculation of its capacity. Cooling Towers and its types
6. Air Compressor: (8 hours):
Construction and working of reciprocating air compressor, Single stage compression, Multi-stage
compression with & without intercooling, P-V & T-S diagrams of Single stage and Multi Stage
compression process, Efficiency of compressor, Intercoolers, Efficiencies of compressor. Introduction to
rotary air compressors like Centrifugal air compressor axial flow air compressor.
Text Books:
1.P.K.Nag, A textbook of Thermal Engineering,TataMcgraw Hill.
2.M.L.Mathur, I.C.Engine, DhanpatRai Publications
78
3. P.L. Ballani, Thermal Engineering, Khanna Publications.
4. D.S. Kumar, Applied thermodynamics, S.K. Kataria& Sons.
Reference Books:
1. Dr. Vasandani and Dr. D.S.Kumar, Heat Engineering, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi
2. R. Yadav, Sanjay and Rajay, Applied Thermodynamics, Central Publishing House.
3. Heywood, Fundamentals of IC Engines, McGraw Hill.
4. G. Rogers and Y. Mayhew, Engineering Thermodynamics, Pearson.
5. W.A.J. Keartan, Steam Turbine: Theory and Practice, ELBS Series.
6. K. Soman, Thermal Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. White Board,
2. Audio Video aids, Models
3. NPTEL Lecture, Tutorial
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO
1
PO
2
PO3 PO4 PO5 PO
6
PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √
Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA
L
TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MET-252
79
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Mechanics of Solids Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-253
To familiarize the students with the use of stress, strain, importance and measurement of
hardness, Impact strength, Stiffness, Torsion, Buckling of column and fatigue failure of
specimen
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics concepts of material testing to evaluate the mechanical properties of
80
standardized specimens
2 Analyze the performance of various components of different materials on UTM, Hardness
tester, Impact, Torsion and fatigue testing machines.
3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety, legal
and environmental aspects.
4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate tool/technique for the selection and design of
differet machine component such as shaft, spring and column
5 Conclude the experimental results and present the same effectively in oral and written
manners.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
UNIT-I 1. To perform tensile test for ductile and brittle materials and to draw stress-straincurve.
2. To perform Shear test on UTM
3. To perform compression test on UTM
4. To determine the Rockwell hardness number and Brinell hardness number of the given specimen.
UNIT-II
5. To determine the impact strength of the given material using Charpy impact test and Izod test Machine.
6. To find stiffness of Open Coil Helical Spring and Closed Coil Helical Spring
7. To perform torsion test on Mild steel specimen
UNIT-III
8. Determination of Bucking loads of long columns with different end conditions.
9. To perform Fatigue test on circular test piece
10. Verification of MAXWELL Reciprocal theorem
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO
9
PO10 PO11 PO
12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √
Unit
mapping/Ex
periments
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTIC
AL
TRAINING SEMINAR
√
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEP-253
81
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Introduction to MATLAB L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1*
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Basics of Computer programming Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEY-253
To understand the students with fundamentals of MATLAB and to perform operations
like arithmetic, trigonometric, Plotting command and numerical analysis of data
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic functions of MATLAB for arithematic, logical and plotting operations
82
2 Analyze the arithmetic, trigonometric functions and various operations on array for heat
transfer and fluid mechanics problems.
3 Develop the program for the evaluation of heat transfer and fluid mechanics problems
including 2D and 3D plots.
4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal
and environmental aspects.
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of Experiments:
Unit-I
1. To familiarize with the MATLAB fundamentals and basic functions.
2. To PerformArithmetic operations on Matrices, Using MATLAB, like:
(a) A + B
(b) AB
(c) A2
(d) AT
(e) B-1
(f ) BTAT
(g) A2 + B2 – AB
(h) Determinant of A, determinant of B and determinant of AB.
3. Implement various 2-D and 3-D plotting commands using different functions
Unit-II
4. Implement trigonometric and mathematical functions using MATLAB program on Polynomial Evaluation,
Roots of Polynomial, Arithmetic operations on Polynomials
5. Using MATLAB Compute the following examples:
(a) Find 7*((6^(1/2)-1)/((8^(1/2)+1)^2))-1
(b) Find the area of circle with r=pi^(1/4)-1
6. Using MATLAB
a) Write a program to sort an array in ascending order using for loop.
b) Write a program to sort an array in descending order using for loop.
c) Write a program to find the factorial of a number using for loop.
Unit-III
7. Using MATLAB:
a) Write a program for sorting an array using while loop.
b) Write a program to print Fibonacci series using while loop.
8. Design a Program to compute the velocity profile of viscous fluid across the radius of pipe.
9. Develop a program to examine transient heat conduction time and temperature distribution in a semi-
infinite solid.
10. Write a program to generate various types of signals like Unit impulse, Unit Step, Unit Ramp and
Exponential
Course to Program outcome Relationship
83
Program outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA
L
TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEY-253
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Experimentation
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Applied Thermodynamics Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-254
This laboratory course is intended to give the students, experimental knowledge on the
performance and operations of I.C. Engines, steam properties, Compressor and condenser
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of thermal engineering to examine the performance of various
84
thermal systems
2 Inspect the performance characteristics of heat engines, compressor and condenser
experimentally
3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety, legal
and environmental aspects.
4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate technique or tool to examine the performance
of thermal systems
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of experiments:
Unit-I
1. To draw valve timing diagram of a 4 stroke petrol engine and study of its impact on the performance of an IC
Engine.
2. To draw valve timing diagram of a 4 stroke diesel engine.
3. Determination of brake power, indicated power, friction power and mechanical efficiency of amulti-
cylinder petrol engine running at constant speed (Morse Test) and to draw the heat balance sheet of multi-
cylinder petrol engine.
4. Performance of a diesel engine from no load to full load (at constant speed) for a single cylinder engine in
terms of brake power indicated power, mechanical efficiency and calculate the SFC (Specific fuel
consumption) and further obtain power consumption curves and draw the heat balance sheet of single cylinder
Diesel engine.
Unit-II
5. Determination of dryness fraction of steam by using separating and throttling calorimeter.
6. To determine the heat extraction efficiency of vertical cooling tower.
7. To determine the efficiency of vertical/Horizontal condenser
Unit-III
8. To calculate actual volume of air intake by measuring pressure difference by manometer of Double stage
reciprocating compressor.
9. To determine swept volume of compressor, volumetric efficiency, compression ratio and isothermal efficiency of
Double stage reciprocating compressor.
10. Performance Testing of Steam Turbine.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
85
Subject
Code MEP-254
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Experimentation
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
CAD Modeling L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Engineering Drawing Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-255
The course introduces several advanced concepts and topics in the rapidly
evolving field of machine drawing.
Students are Prepared to develop comprehension of the subject and to gain
scientific understanding regarding the designing and drafting of mechanical
components.
86
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics concepts of CAD to read and interpret the Mechanical Engineering
drawings.
2 Familiar with CAD software to produce machine drawings using standards codes and
procedure of Limit, Fits and Tolerances
3 Demonstrate the detail and assembly drawing of different components utilizing
advanced tool and techniques of CAD.
4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety,
legal and environmental aspects.
5 Gererate the blueprints and express the same effectively in oral and written manners
through report and practical presentation.
List of Practical
Unit-I
1. An introduction of CAD software and study of various tool bar options. 2. Draft the 2D drawing using CAD tool and show the all dimensions, limits, fits, tolerance and
machining symbols. 3. Draw orthographic views of double riveted zigzag lap joint and double riveted chain butt joint
using CAD tool. Show its front view, full in section and top view in first angle of projection
system. 4. Draw the 2D sketch of British and Metric thread sections using CAD tool to a full scale size and
give all the standard proportions. 5. Assemble the hexagonal bolt, hexagonal nut and a washer using CAD tool. Show its front view,
top view and side view in third angle of projection. Unit-II
6. Draw the following orthographic views of the assembly of a Gib and cotter joint for square rod
using CAD tool: Upper half in section & top view. 7. Assemble all parts of sleeve and cotter joint using CAD tool and show the following views:
Upper half section front view & top view. 8. Draw orthographic views of Oldham’s coupling using CAD tool. 9. Draw the following orthographic views of a knuckle joint in first angle of projection using CAD
tool: Upper half in sectional front view & end view. 10. Draw the assembly of the universal coupling using CAD tool. Shows its front view upper half in
section and right end view full in section Unit-III
11. Draw orthographic views of protected type flange coupling and. Also, draw its front full sectional
view and Bill of Material. 12. Draw the following assembled views of a screw jack using CAD tool: Front view right half in
section & top view.
87
13. Draw the Assembly of Connecting rod, Piston and crank shaft using CAD Tools 14. Draw assembly of Plummer block. Also, draw its front full sectional view and Bill of Material. 15. Draw the Assembly of Tail Stock and Tool Post Piston using CAD Tools
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-2 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEP-255
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Drawing making on P.C and analyzing the 2D and 3D views.
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Project L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 2
MER-256 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working
model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at
88
team.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering
for project work.
2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.
3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,
safety, legal and environmental aspects.
4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of
mechanical engineering and project management
5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through
report and presentation.
Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below
Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time
Schedule
Weekly
Weightage
one Two Three Four Five
2 4 6 8 10
Project
Proposal
and data
Collection
Submission of Project Title
and Brief Description and
Formation of groups
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5
A description of the product
Opportunity its social
Relevance, market need,
Data collection and
Literature Survey
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5
Defining Objectives of the
projects, Sketches,
Techniques
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5
Problem
Formulatio
n
Design Specifications /
Modules &
Techniques along
withProblem Formulation
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5
Final Concept, Detailed and
Assembly Drawings,
Financial Model / costing
Prototype / Coding leads to
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5
89
Submission of Synopsis
Fabrication
of
Prototype
Progress report on Building
Prototypes, drawings and
purchase requisition of
material
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5
Evaluation based on
Progress of Fabrication of
Prototypes requirements,
Constraints and
specifications
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5
Evaluation based on
Completeness of fabrication
and comprehensive report
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5
Final
Presentatio
n and
Demonstrat
ion
/Internal
Viva
Presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5
External
Viva and
presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
25
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Level Assessment Rubrics
1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism
checking
2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey
3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing
4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness
5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of
synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check
6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order
7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily
diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution
90
Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance
(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based
design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment
levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-
MES-
256
8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of
Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to
society
9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project
9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible
solutions to meet the project objective.
9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few
feasible solutions to meet the project objective
9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of
several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.
9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the
development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and
analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional
approaches
10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the
section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.
10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.
Transitions are present but are inconsistent.
10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions
10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.
10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive
aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by
transitions.
91
Teaching Learning Process
1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.
2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and
assessment of weekly work done by each group.
3. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018
Basics of Automobile Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 2 0 0 2
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEY-254
To study the basics parts of an automobile in detail like power transmission and power
control systems
To impart the knowledge of recent trends in automobiles
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
92
1 Understand the basic concepts of automobile engineering and systems
2 Apply the concepts of thermodynamics and its cycles in Internal Combustion Engines.
3 Examine the performance of various systems of an automobile.
4 Analyze the impact of implementing safety measure and emission control in the Automobile.
5 Troubleshoot the various components of an automobile and provide solution by considering
standards of Automobile societies.
UNIT – I
1. Automobile basic
Components of automobile, basic structure, classification of automobile, body styles, Chassis and its
construction, frame and frameless construction. (5 Hrs.)
2. Internal Combustion Engines
Classification of IC engines, different parts of IC engine, working cycles, Spark plug, carburetor, fuel
pump, injectors, valves, cooling system, lubrication system, turbocharger, supercharger, throttle body and
multi point fuel injection system (MPFI, CRDI), Battery coil ignition system and Magneto Ignition
system. Power requirements, motion resistance and power loss, tractive effort, and vehicle performance
curves, selection of power unit and engine performance characteristics (5Hrs.)
UNIT – II
3. Transmission system
Functions of transmission, necessity, types of transmission, sliding mesh, constant mesh, synchromesh,
selector mechanism automatic Manual Transmission (AMT), transfer box, automatic transmission, torque
converter, overdrive, propeller shaft, universal joint, final drive, differential, rear axle, rear axle drive.
Requirements of clutches, types of clutches, working of single plate, multiplate and centrifugal clutch,
clutch operation, clutch plate, fluid flywheel. (5 Hrs.)
4. Suspension, Brakes and Steering
Steering geometry and types of steering gear box, Power Steering, Types of Front Axle, Types of
Suspension Systems, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Braking Systems, Antilock Braking System, Brake
efficiency and stooping distance, fading of brakes, wheel skidding, types of brakes, drum and disk brakes,
servo brakes. (5Hrs.)
UNIT –III
5. Safety in Automobile
Active safety, passive, Adaptive cruise control system, EBD (Electronic brake force distribution system)
Traction control system, Airbags, Electronic stability control system (ESC) TDI(5 Hrs.)
6. Emission control & Alternative Energy Sources
Automotiveair pollution, emission control, evaporative, catalytic converter, Use of Compressed Natural
Gas (CNG), Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG), Bio-diesel, Bio-ethanol, and Hydrogen in Automobiles-
Engine modifications required –Performance, Electric Vehicle and Hybrid Fuel Cell. (5 Hrs)
Text Books:
1. Kripal Singh: Automobile Engineering, Vol. I & II, Standard Publication Distributor, Delhi
2. W.H.Crouse: Automotive Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill D. L. Anglin Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
3 Heinz Heisler, ‘Advanced Engine Technology,” SAE International Publications, USA,1998 .
Reference Books
4 Dempsey, P.: Automotive Engines. 4. J. Heitner : Automotive Mechanics Affiliated East West
Press,New Delhi.
5. N.K.Giri : Problems in Automobile Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Teaching –Learning Process
93
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEY-254
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Measurement and Metrology Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEY-255
To enable the practical exposure of measuring instrument, so as to measure linear
dimensions, angular and profile of an object of different shapes.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Understand and Apply the fundamentals of metrology to measure the linear and angular
94
characteristics of an object
2 Plan and organize the series of operation for measuring the surface roughness, gear profile and
effective diameter of thread.
3 Determine the speed of shaft, temperature of object and velocity of fluid experimentally
4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety,
legal and environmental aspects.
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
UNIT-I
1. Measurement of Linear dimensions using Vernier caliper, Micrometer and slip gauges.
2. Measurement of an angle with the help of sine bar and bevel protector.
3. Measurement of surface roughness of a machined Plate, Rod and Pipe
4. Measurement of gear elements using profile projector
UNIT-II
5. Measurement of effective diameter of external threads using Three wire method
6. Measurement of thread element by Tool makers microscope
7. Calibration of a pressure guage with the help of a dead weight guage tester
UNIT-III
8. Use of stroboscope for measurement of speed of shaft
9. Use of pitot tube to plot velocity profile of a fluid through a pipe.
10. Preparation of a thermocouple, its calibration and application for temperature measurement
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO
4
PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO
12
Subject
mapping
95
Unit
mapping/E
xperiments
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA
L
TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEY-255
MEY-256 Massive Open Online Courses
Credit 04 MNG
Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study
Prerequisite: Nil
Course Category PC
Professional Core Engineering
Department
University Institute of Engineering:
Mechanical Engineering
To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs
Purpose
in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.
Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1
Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide f h i j
96
.
Engineering solutions.
Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.
Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)
Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.
Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:
1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS
2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.
3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.
4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.
5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for
course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise not specified on the platform.
6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.
7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.
8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th
April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year. 9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall
Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit
97
transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.
10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.
11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.
Chandigarh University, Gharuan
Subject Programming Language
L T P C
Code
Total Contact Hours : 45Hours
PCY-252 0 0 2 2
Common to all Specializations of 2nd
Year
Marks-100
98
Internal-60 External-40
Course Objectives
To understand object oriented programming concepts.
To differentiate between object oriented and procedural concepts.
To understand the Concept of classes, objects, constructors, destructors, inheritance,
operator overloading and polymorphism, pointers, virtual functions, templates,
exception handling, file, file operations and handling. Unit Course Outcomes
I.
To understand object oriented programming concepts.
II. To differentiate between object oriented and procedural concepts.
To understand the Concept of classes, objects, constructors, destructors, inheritance,
III. operator overloading and polymorphism, pointers, virtual functions, templates, exception handling, file, file operations and handling.
Unit-I
Write a program to print prime numbers between 1 to 100.
Write a program to find whether a given number is palindrome or not. (For Ex-2112 is
palindrome)
Write a program to find whether a given string is palindrome or not. (For Ex-
“MADAM” is palindrome)
Write a program to find frequency of characters in a string( i.e. which character is
present how many times in a string.).
Write a program to check leap year, year will be entered by the user.
Write a program to find HCF and LCM of 2 numbers.
Write a program to print below pattern.
8. Write a program to print below pattern.
99
9. Write a program to print Floyd’s triangle.
10. Write a program to print Pascal triangle.
Unit-II
11. Write a program which takes two n*n matrices where n will be specified by the user.
Write a method which does summation of both matrices and store the result in third
matrix also display the resultant matrix.
12. Write a program which takes two n*n matrices where n will be specified by the user.
Write a method which does multiplication of both matrices and store the result in third
matrix also display the resultant matrix.
13. Write a program to convert decimal number into binary.
14. WAP to generate the Fibonacci series up to user specified limit using recursive function.
15. Write a program to print largest and smallest number in an array.
16. Write a program to add 2 arrays and store in third array using pointers.
100
17. Define the structure called student having properties like stud_id, stud_name,
stud_branch, and email_add. Write a program which takes the details of 5 students and
print them on console screen.
18. Write a program having class calculator, such that the function addition, subtraction are
defined inside a class and multiplication and division are defined outside the class.
19.
19. Create a class student and functions to get and print data like name, rollno, address, age,
etc of 4 students.
20. Write a program which takes 10 integer numbers from user. Save all the positive numbers
to one file, all the negative numbers to another file.
21. Write a program to demonstrate constructor overloading in a class.
22. Write a program to demonstrate function overloading in a class.
23. Write a program to define a static data member which has the initial value of 55 and to
find the sum of the following series. Sum=1+2+3+4+…………10.
The addition of series is to be repeated five times.
24. Write a program for addition of complex numbers by overloading binary operator.
25. Write a program to demonstrate the overloading of increment and decrement operator.
26. Write a program to access the private data of a class by non-member function through
friend function.
27. Write a program to read the derived class data members such as name, roll no, sex, marks
and displays it on screen. The program should follow single inheritance concept.
28. Write a program having three classes Person, Student and Exam. The Person class is the
base class, Student class is derived from Person and Exam class is derived from Student.
29. Write a program that shows order of execution of base and derived class constructors and
destructors using inheritance.
Write a program to display the concept of virtual functions
101
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
VERBAL ABILITY -II L T P C
Total Contact Hours - 30
PCY-251 Applicable to all branches of Engineering -4th 2 0 0 2
sem(Batch- 2014)
Prerequisite -Studied English Language upto senior secondary
Marks
102
Internal – 40 External - 60
Course Objective
Unit Course Outcome- To prepare good written communication skills essential to become
successful in professional life.
1. To improve grammatical errors through practice.
2. To make the students think logically and critically, then speak their thoughts cohesively.
Unit-I (10 hrs)
1. Vocabulary:
One word substitutes, Confusing Words, Homonyms, homophones
All the words from G to L with their synonyms & antonyms
Idioms and phrases
Difference between Idioms and phrases
Common Examples
Different exercises
2. Reading comprehension
Elements of reading comprehension- vocabulary knowledge or text
comprehension, Importance of reading comprehension
Types of reading comprehension
Lexical
Literal
Interpretive
Applied
Affective
7 Types of reading comprehension questions- universal, specific, vocab in context,
inference, application and tone, Comprehension strategies (schema theory), Books to
be referred to the students i.e. . Journals, Novels, Newspapers, Online Blogs.
Unit-II (10 hrs)
1. Sentence correction:Parts of speech, Subject verb agreement, Tenses, Modals, Vocabulary
103
2. Paragraph writing or story building exercise on the basis of the following
parameters: Vocabulary section, Parts of speech, Idioms and phrases, Subject verb
agreement
Unit-III (10 hrs)
1. Sentence improvement:Types of sentences, Tips to spot the correct option, Practice exercise
2. Completing statements/Fill Ups:Using best vocabulary skills to complete the sentence, Usingproper grammar to fill up the blanks, Practice exercises
Text Books:
1. Verbal Ability - Workbook, Chandigarh University.
Reference Books -
1. Murphy, R; English Grammar in Use -Reference and Practice Book for Intermediate Learners of English, Cambridge University Press (2012).
2. Hewing, Martin; Advanced English Grammar, Cambridge University Press (2013).
PCY-251 VERBAL ABILITY-II
Department Teaching the
Communication Skills
Subject
Program Outcome
a b c d e f g h i j k
x
x
Mapping of Course outcome
1-3
2
with Program outcome
BS ES
P
D
PC
PE OE
Project/
Category
Training
Approval
Date of meeting of the Board of
Studies
104
The students outcomes are:
i) An ability to apply to apply knowledge of mathematics and engineering.
j) An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
k) An ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs without
realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical,
health & safety, manufacturability and sustainability.
l) An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.
m) An ability to identify formulates and solves engineering problems.
n) An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
o) An ability to communication effectively.
p) The board education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions
in global, economic, environmental and societal context.
q) Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
r) Knowledge of contemporary issues.
s) An ability to use the techniques skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
Scheme
Version:
2018-2022
Name of subject: Environment Science and
Waste Management
L T P C
Applicable to all the courses 3 0 0 3
Subject Pre-requisite : Nil Total hours =45 Code
UCY-144/ UCY-194/ Objectives UCY-244 /
UCY-294
105
To familiarize students with basics of environmental sciences , disaster & waste Management
SubjectOutcome 1 Understudies will be able to identify different dimensions of environmental
studies; problems related to the environmental degradation & will be able to take remedial steps.
2 Disciples will learn about different type of disaster that occur in nature consequently learning to develop the preparedness and remedial techniques
3 Upon learning the problems related to environmental waste students will be able to segregate the waste in different categories and will learn its effective management techniques
Unit-1 15hours
1. General: Definition, Scope & Importance, Need For Public Awareness- Environment
definition,Introduction to Ecosystem-definition ,components, Effects of human activities on
environment, agriculture, Housing, Industry, Mining and Transportation activities, Bio diversity &
its conservation
2. Renewable & Non renewable resources: Natural Resources and associated problem - Forest
resources,WaterResources,Mineralresources,Energyresources,Landresources.Energy–Hydro
Electric,Nuclear,Solar,HydrogenasanalternativefuturesourceofEnergy.BiomassandBio-gas
3.EnvironmentalPollutionandtheireffects:Waterpollution,Landpollution.Noisepollution,Air
Pollution.Current Environmental Issues of importance, population Growth, Climate Change and
Global warming- Effects, acidrain, Ozone Layer depletion, Salient features of Environmental
Protection Act , Water Prevention & Control Act , Air prevention & control of pollution Act , Salient
Features of Environmental Summit – Paris2015
Unit-2 15hours
4. Disaster Management: Introduction on Disaster, Different Types of Disaster : A) Natural
Disaster: such as Flood, Cyclone, Earthquakes, Landslides B) Man-made Disaster: such as Fire,
Industrial disaster, Nuclear Disaster, Biological Disasters, Accidents (Air, Sea, Rail & Road),
Structuralfailures(BuildingandBridge),War&Terrorism.causes,effectsandpracticalexamples for
alldisasters.
5. Disaster Preparedness, Response and Recovery: Disaster Preparedness: Concept and Nature,
Disaster Preparedness Plan, Prediction, Early Warnings and Safety Measures of Disaster, Role of
Government, International and NGO Bodies. Role of IT in Disaster Preparedness, Role of Engineers
on Disaster Management. Disaster Response: Introduction; Disaster Response Plan. Recovery:
Reconstruction and Rehabilitation as a Means ofDevelopment. Damage Assessment
Unit-3 15hours
6. Waste Management: Municipal Solid Waste Management, Waste Collection, Storage and
Transport. Waste Disposal - Key issues and features. Waste Processing Techniques.Source
Reduction, Product Recovery and Recycling. Recovery of Biological ConversionProducts:
Composts and Biogas. Composting and BiogasificationTechnology.
Hazardous Waste: Management and Treatment.Integrated Waste Management (IWM).
106
7. Solid Waste Management Act : Municipal Solid waste ( Management & Handling ) Rules 2000,
Waste Management Rules 2016 ( Amendments )
TextBooks
1. Management: A Global Perspective, Weihrich, H. and Koontz, H., New York,
McGrawHill 2006
2. Disaster Management: A Disaster Managers Handbook, Carter, W.N., Manila,
ADB.2006
3. Disaster Management Handbook for Bangladesh, Parts I-IV. Dhaka, BDPC
andPACT, Rahman, M.S2005
4. Management, Stoner, J.A.F. and Freeman, R.E., Prentice-Hall, New Delhi2004
5. Environmental Engineering , Howard S.Peavy ,Donald R. rowe New York ,
MacgrawHill
6. Geographic Information: Economic applications, Martin. D., Routledge,London
7. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science , 2nd
Edition ,G.M.Masters ,Prentice Hall ,New Jersy
8. Ecology & the Environment , Monson, Russel k ed.,springer
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
a B C D E f g h I J k l
Subject mapping
√ √
√ √
√
Unit
mapping
I,II,III
I,II,III
I,II,III
I,II,III
I,II,III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Open to All Streams and Departments UCY-294 Name of subject: Environment Science and Waste Management
Teaching-Learning Process
1. Lectures : Supported by power point presentations and relatedvideos
2. Assignments , related case studies, Minor projects & Mockexercise 3. Test: Knowledge of the students is tested through surprise test , online quiz &MST’s
107
Paper Setting Instructions
Please go through the following instructions thoroughly and follow the pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks= 60 Time: 3
Hours
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all, three
questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub- parts and based on the whole
syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question number 1
and not more than two questions from each unit Weight age per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt
weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of tenquestions.
2. Section A of question paper will be compulsory, containing five parts each of
2marks covering the whole syllabus (short answer type – total 10marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions
selecting at not more than two questions from sections B, C & D. Each question carries
10 marks.Questions of Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit
II and Questions of section D from unitIII
UCY-296 Life Skills and Mentoring L T P S C CH
0 1 0 0 0 1.0
Pre-requisites/
Exposure
NA
Co-requisites
COURSE OBJECTIVE
108
• Personal Self-Management Skills –Enabling Students to deal effectively with situations that
cause strong emotions. Develop skills to manage their own behavior effectively. Skills to manage
peer pressure effectively.
• General Social Skills – Students gain understanding of their multiple roles. To educate students
to status of woman and the impact on development of the nation • Value Inculcation – Demonstrate knowledge of personal beliefs and values and a commitment
to continuing personal reflection and reassessment.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
• Acquisition and application of life skills can influence the way as individual feels about others
• Living life fully and productively requires acquiring and mastering life skills
• It helps students to know and understand themselves better, to live life more consciously and deliberately,
attain personal satisfaction, fulfillment and growth
• It will enhance productivity, efficiency, self esteem and self confidence
• It improve inter personal relations, helps solve problems, face challenges and tackle unforeseen
contingencies with equanimity and presence of mind
• It Helps maintain good physical and mental health and capacity for happy living and putting leisure time to
good use
• It lessens violent behavior, increase self control and sociability, improves classroom behavior, better
handling of interpersonal problems and coping with anxiety
• It equips adolescents with using head, hand and heart
• It promotes adaptability and adjustability among adolescents
COURSE DESCRIPTION
The course will build the capability to help Explore, understand, and lead, guided by the values of self-awareness, equity, social justice, inclusiveness, empowerment, collaboration, citizenship, and service
Text Books:
2. M
entoring Programme Handbook, Chandigarh University, 2019
Reference Books:
2. Daniel Goleman (2012). Working with Emotional Intelligence. Bloomsbury Publishing India Private
Limited
Web Resources:
4. http://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/improving-communication. 5. https://www.mindtools.com/ 6. www.psychologytoday.com
COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I 4 Contact Hours
109
1. Emotional Intelligence:Understanding Emotional Intelligence; Key Skills in the Emotional
Intelligence Framework; Characteristics of
Emotional Intelligence; EQ Tools and Strategies to Improve EQ Competency
2. Prosperity-A happy life: Understanding Prosperity; Understanding Prosperity at different
levels-Individual Family Society Nature
3. Creativity:Understanding Creativity; Conditions for Creativity; Components of Creativity;
When does Creativity happen;Types of Creativity; Tips to boost Creativity; Overcome
negative attitudes that block creativity
UNIT-II 4 Contact Hours
4. Human Rights: Understanding stress and stressors; Its effect on brain; How to cope with it
5. Mind Mapping: A Powerful Approach to Note-Taking; Laws of Mind Mapping; How to Draw
Mind Map; Benefits and Uses
6. Harmony in the relations: Family is a natural laboratory, Values in human to human relationships,
Respect is right evaluation
7. Students at multiple roles: Understanding responsibilities of human being at multiple roles: self
family hostel institution city nation worldand in nature
UNIT-II 4 Contact Hours
8. Personal Development: Understanding Personal Development; Personal Development Plan;
Why Do You Need A Personal Development Plan; Personal Development Categories;
Importance Of Personal Development
9.Gender Sensitization:Understanding Gender Sensitization; Gender Stereotypes; Gender
Sensitive Education; Gender Sensitization in workplace
10. Equanimity:Understanding Equanimity; How to develop equanimity and be emotionally
strong; How to stay calm and composed under pressure or when you meet a difficult situation
Mode of Evaluation: The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Internal
Assessment (CAE)
Semester End
Examination (SEE)
Marks NA NA
Total Marks NA
110
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
Mapping Between COs and Pos
SN Course Outcome (CO) Mapped Programme
Outcome (PO)
1 Understanding and managing emotions in an effective and positive
way. Understanding the human basic needs. Understanding
Creativity and overcome negative attitude that blocks Creativity.
1, 2,3,4
2 Understanding and handling stress effectively. Mind Mapping help
students brainstorm any topic and think creatively. Understanding
and handling Peer Pressure effectively. Knowing their
responsibilities at different levels.
1, 2,3,4
3 Helping students to be self-directed and independent. Understanding
and awareness of gender equality. Learning to be calm and
emotionally strong
1, 2, 3,4
2.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
UCY-296 Life Skills and Mentoring
1. =addressed to small extent
2. = addressed significantly
3. =major part of course
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Project L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 2
MER-256 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working
model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at
team.
111
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering
for project work.
2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.
3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,
safety, legal and environmental aspects.
4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of
mechanical engineering and project management
5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through
report and presentation.
Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below
Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time
Schedule
Weekly
Weightage
one Two Three Four Five
2 4 6 8 10
Project
Proposal
and data
Collection
Submission of Project Title
and Brief Description and
Formation of groups
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5
A description of the product
Opportunity its social
Relevance, market need,
Data collection and
Literature Survey
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5
Defining Objectives of the
projects, Sketches,
Techniques
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5
Problem
Formulatio
n
Design Specifications /
Modules &
Techniques along
withProblem Formulation
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5
Final Concept, Detailed and
Assembly Drawings,
Financial Model / costing
Prototype / Coding leads to
Submission of Synopsis
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5
112
Fabrication
of
Prototype
Progress report on Building
Prototypes, drawings and
purchase requisition of
material
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5
Evaluation based on
Progress of Fabrication of
Prototypes requirements,
Constraints and
specifications
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5
Evaluation based on
Completeness of fabrication
and comprehensive report
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5
Final
Presentatio
n and
Demonstrat
ion
/Internal
Viva
Presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5
External
Viva and
presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
25
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Level Assessment Rubrics
1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism
checking
2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey
3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing
4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness
5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of
synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check
6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order
7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily
diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution
8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of
113
Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance
(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based
design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment
levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-
MER-
256
Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to
society
9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project
9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible
solutions to meet the project objective.
9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few
feasible solutions to meet the project objective
9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of
several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.
9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the
development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and
analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional
approaches
10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the
section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.
10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.
Transitions are present but are inconsistent.
10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions
10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.
10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive
aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by
transitions.
114
Teaching Learning Process
1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.
2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and
assessment of weekly work done by each group.
Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks
115
5th Semester
Syllabus
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
Heat Transfer L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Subject Code Prerequisite: Applied Thermodynamics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-301
To Understand the basic principles of heat transfer by using conduction, convection and
radiation
To Provide knowledge on heat transfer parameter while designing mechanical systems
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of heat transfer modes i.e conduction, convection andradiation.
2 Solve the problems of heat transer in conduction, convection and radiation
3 Analyze the practical aspects of theories of heat transfer for heat exchangers.
4 Evaluate the thermal performance of various systems with different modes of heat transfer.
5 Select the approprite parameters for heat transfer modes to enhance the heat transfer.
116
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT- I
1. Heat Conduction: Introduction to Conduction, Fourier law, Thermal resistance, thermal diffusivity,
thermal conductivity and diffusivity comparison, measurement of thermal conductivity, general heat
conduction equation in rectangular, polar and spherical co-ordinates, one dimensional heat conduction,
variable thermal conductivity, composite walls, overall heat transfer coefficient, conduction through
cylindrical wall (single layer and composite layer), and critical insulation thickness.
(8)
2. Theory of Extended surfaces: Introduction to fins, type of fins, uniform and varying cross-sectional area,
infinite long fin, fin with and without heat transfer at open end, optimum design of straight fin having
different cross-section profile, fin effectiveness and fin efficiency of rectangular and circular fins.
(7)
UNIT- II
3. Heat Convection: Introduction to natural and forced convection, momentum and energy equation,
dimensional analysis, dimensional less parameter and their significance, free and force convection over a
flat plate, pipes and spheres in various orientations and their empirical equations, boiling and condensation,
heat transfer thermal boundary layer. (8)
4. Radiation: Introduction, laws of radiation, intensity of radiation, radiating surfaces ,diffuse surface and
specular surface, absorbity, emissive power, reflectivity, transmissivity, monochromatic and total
emissivity, heat transfer between surfaces, shape factor, Lambert cosine law, Kirchhoff's law electrical
network method and radiation shields.:(7)
UNIT – III
5. Heat Exchangers: Introduction and classification, overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling factors,
temperature distribution in parallel and counter flow heat exchanger, LMTD method, correction factor,
NTU method, effectiveness, capacity ratio, compact heat exchanger (8) 6. Air conditioning systems
Cooling load calculation, working principles of centralized air conditioning systems, split, duct
able split, packaged air conditioning, indoor air quality concepts, location of air conditioning
components in a car – Schematic layout, demonstration and exposure of HVAC (7)
Text Books:
1. Holman, J.P., Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill Book Company, Singapore (2008).
2. Cengel, Y., Heat Transfer- A practical approach, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi (2007).
Reference Books:
1. Incropera, F.P. and DeWitt, D.P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley and Sons,
Singapore (2006).
2. Krieth, F and Bohn, M., Principles of Heat Transfer, Thomson Learning, Australia (2002).
3. Long, C., Essential Heat Transfer, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi (1999).
4. Adrian Bejan, Allan D. Kraus, Heat Transfer Handbook, John Wiley & Sons (2003)
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
117
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MET-301
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Basics of Fluid Mechanics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-302
To understand the underlying principles of fluid mechanics and working forces
exerted by hydraulic devices mainly the pumps and turbine
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concept of fluid mechanics, hydraulics machines and device
2 Apply the concepts of Fluid dynamics , fluid machinery and Hydraulic devices
3 Examine the different working parameters for hydraulics machines/devices along with their
design aspects
4 Evaluate the problems related to fluid flow, hydraulics machines and Dimensionless Analysis
and Similitude
5 Recommend the fluid machines and devices for various applications
118
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I
1.Fluid Dynamics: Concept of system and control volume, Euler’s equation Bernoulli’s equation
Derivation of Bernoulii’s equation(Using principle of conservation of energy and equation of motion),
kinetic and momentum correction factors, Impulse momentum relationship and its applications. Free and
Forced vortex motions. (5Hours)
2. Dimensionless Analysis and Similitude :Introduction to Dimensionless Analysis, Dimensions,
Dimensionless numbers (Reynolds, Froudes, Euler, Mach, and Weber) and their significance Physical
quantities in Fluid Flow, Dimensionally Homogenous Equations, Buckingham’s π Theorem, Method of
calculation of Dimensionless parameters, Similitude, Physical Significance of Dimensionless parameters,
Model Scales.(5Hours)
3.Viscous flows: Laminar and Turbulent flows, Flow regimes and Reynolds’s number Flow Through
Pipes: Major and minor losses in pipes, Hagen-Poiseuilli law, Darcy equation, hydraulic gradient and
total energy lines, series and parallel connection of pipes, equivalent pipe, power transmission through
pipes, Head loss in pipe and pipe fittings, Problems. (5Hours)
UNIT-II
4. Hydraulic Turbines (8 Hrs.) Classification of Hydraulic turbines, velocity triangles for different runners, work output; Effective head,
available power and efficiency; speed ratio, Jet ratio, design aspects for impulse and reaction turbines,
Degree of reaction; Draft tubes - its function and types, surge tank, governing of Turbines,
5. Centrifugal Pump (8 Hrs.) Various types and classification, monomeric head; vane shape; pump output and efficiency; minimum
starting speed and impeller diameters at the inner and outer periphery; Priming, Operation in series and
parallel, submersible pumps,Centrifugal fan or Blower, Construction and operation; Axial and mixed flow
pumps, H-Q Characteristics, typical flow system characteristic, Efficiency and losses through volute
chamber, slip factor, velocity triangle, variation of pump diameter
UNIT-III
6. Similarity Relations (5 Hrs.)
Unit quantities, specific speed, model relationships, scale effect; cavitation and Thoma's cavitation
Cavitation, Concept of Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH)its application in determining turbine /
pump setting, Pump problems and its remedies
7. Reciprocating Pump (5Hrs.)
Components parts and working; pressure variations due to piston acceleration, Indicator diagram, work,
efficiency, acceleration and friction effect, air vessel.
8. Other Hydraulic Devices (5Hrs.)
Construction and operation of Hydraulic ram, airlift pump, jet pump, accumulator, fluid coupling
and torque converter, vane pump, Pitot tubes, various hydraulic coefficients Orifice meters, Venturi
meters, Bordamouthpieces, Notches (rectangular, V and Trapezoidal) and weirs, Rotameters, Hydraulic
ram, Hydraulic Intensifier
Text Books:
1 White, F.M., Viscous fluid flow, McGraw Hill, New York(2006).
2Wright, T., Fluid Machinery, CRC Press, USA(2009).
Reference Books:
1 Douglas J. F., Gasiorek, J. M. and J.A. Swaffield, Fluid Mechanics, Addison-Wesley
Longman Inc., Edinburgh, U.K (1995).
2. Rattan, S.S, Fluid Mahines and Hydraulic Machines, Khanna Publishers,New Delhi(2004)
119
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO
7
PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA
L
TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MET-302
120
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Design of Machine Elements-I L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 1 2 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 36
Course Objectives
MET-303
To study the basics concepts of design considerations of different machine elements by using
the concept of forces and stresses.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the basic concept of design for fasteners, joints, keys, couplings, levers and shafts.
2 Calculate the various stresses induced in fasteners, coupling, levers and joints
3 Compare diiferent types of keys, coupling, levers and shafts required for given conditions
4 Select the suitable types of keys, coupling, shafts and joints for particular application
5 Recommend the particular types of keys, coupling, shafts and joints for particular application under
different loading conditions
121
Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1 (12)
1 General Design Considerations: Definition and understanding of various types of design, Design in
ergonomics, Aesthetics, Concept of tearing, bearing, shearing, crushing, and bending, Selection of
materials, Basic criteria of selection of material, their designation, and mechanical properties of those
materials in brief, Study of Stress concentration, factor of safety under different load conditions, S-N
diagram (3 Hrs.)
2. Design of fasteners: RIVETS: Design of rivets for boiler joints, lozenge joints (uniform strength joint),
eccentrically loaded riveted joints (3 Hrs.)
3. BOLTS: Understanding the various stresses/ failure in bolted joints, design of cylindrical covers, basic and
eccentrically loads (3 Hrs.)
4. Weld Joints: Design for various loading conditions in torsion, shear or direct load, eccentrically loaded
welded joints (3 Hrs.)
Unit-II (12) 5. Design of spigot and socket cotter joint, Gib Cotter joint and knuckle joint(3 Hrs.)
6. Design of Transmission Shaft: Design of both solid and hollow shafts for transmission of
torque, bending moments and axial forces, Design of shaft for critically speed, Design of shaft for rigidity
and Design of stepped shafts for assembly. (5Hrs.)
7. Design of Keys: Design of sunk keys under crushing and shearing, design of splines (4Hrs.)
Unit-III (12) 8. Design of Coupling : design of sleeve and solid muff coupling, clamp or compression coupling,
rigid and flexible flange coupling, design of universal joint (4Hrs.)
9. Lever design: Basic lever design, design of foot and hand lever, cranked lever, bell lever, safety valve
lever and shoe brake lever (4Hrs.)
10. Design of Pipe Joints: Stresses in pipe joints, design of circular flange pipe joint, oval flanged pipe joints,
square flange pipe joint. (4Hrs.)
Text Books: Aggarwal.D.K, Machine Design
Khurmi R.S, Machine Design Reference Books:
1.Shigley, Tata McGraw hill, Machine Design
2. Juvinal, John-Wiley Publishers, Machine Design
3. Machine Design Data Book by V.K.Jadon (IK International Publications)
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
122
Program Outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJEC
T
BW PRACTIC
AL
TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MET-303
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Machining Processes L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Manufacturing Technologies Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MET-304
To impart the knowledge about different types of Single and Multipoint cutting
tools, Machining processes, Mechanics of machining and Jigs and fixture.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the concepts of machining, tools, jigs and fixtures.
2 Choose the appropriate machining process and techniques for the fabrication of product.
3 Distinguish the various types of machining operations performed by different machines
123
and the functions of Jigs & Fixtures.
4 Compare the performance of various machining operations/ tools used in manufacturing.
5 Select the suitable machining operation for fabrication of component as per required
standards of quality.
Contents of the Syllabus Unit –I
1. Basic of Machine Tools: Classification of cutting tools as single point cutting tool & multi point
cutting tool, Tool signature (4hrs)
2. Tool Materials: Various cutting tool materials such as High carbon steels, High speed steels, Alloy
steels, cemented carbides, ceramics, CBN, Diamond, Concept of speed, feed & depth of cut (3hrs)
3. Lubrication and Cooling: need and advantages, Different type of lubrication and Cooling systems
(3hrs)
4. Mechanics of Machining: Orthogonal Vs oblique cutting, Types of chips formation and
conditions, its effects, Introduction to Force in machining, Concept of shear plane angle (4hrs) Unit -II
5. Lathe: Parts of lathe machine, Accessories of lathe machine, various operations carried out on lathe.
Kinematics of lathe, Turret & Capstan Lathe, Multispindle lathe (3hrs)
6. Milling: Various Milling operations: Classification of milling machines, Vertical & Horizontal milling,
up milling &down milling. Indexing: Need of indexing, simple, compound & differential indexing
(3 hrs)
7. Drilling and Boring: Difference between drilling, boring & reaming, Geometry of drill, Type of
drilling machines. Boring operations & boring machines (3hrs)
7. Grinding and honing: Grinding operation, Classification of grinding processes as cylindrical, surface
& Centre less grinding, Nomenclature of grinding wheels, honing (3 hrs)
8. Broaching: Broaching operation, Type of broaching machine & Parts of broach, Gear manufacturing(3
hrs)
Unit -III 9. Jigs and Fixtures (7 Hrs)
Importance and use of jigs and fixtures, Principle of location, locating devices, clamping devices, types of
jigs- drilling jigs, bushes, template jigs, plate jig, channel jig, leaf jig. Fixture for milling, Advantages of
jigs and fixtures.
10. Basics of CNC Machines (8 Hrs)
Need, Basic Elements and Applications of CNC Machines, Comparison of SPM V/s CNC machines.
Types and Classification of control systems, Tool positioning systems, Motion control systems, Feedback
Devices, Types of control loops, Fundamental problems in Feedback Control , Tool Holders, Tool
Holder devices for CNC, Work Holding Devices ( Grid pattern on base plates & pallets) Automatic Tool
Changer (ATC), Types of Tool Magazines.
Note for Paper setter:The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions
from each unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer
questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt
six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions
from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Text Books:
1. P.N.Rao, Manufacturing Technology ( Tata McGraw Hill )
124
2. P.C.Sharma, A text book of Production Technology ( S Chand Publication )
3. MikellP.Groover , Manufacturing Technology Wiley.
4. W.Chapman , Manufacturing Technology,Edward Arnold.
Reference Books:
1. Amitabha Ghosh &Asok Kumar Malik, Manufacturing Science (Affiliated East West Press Pvt.
Ltd.)
2. J.S. Campbell, Principles of Manufaturing Materials & Processes (Tata McGraw Hill)
3. S. Kalpakjian& Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering & Technology ( Pearson)
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MET-304
125
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Heat Transfer Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Applied Thermodynamics Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-305
To develop a concrete understanding of heat transfer with the help of practical aspects of
different modes of heat transfer and to formulate the heat transfer analysis for a given
engineering problems by applying the appropriate equations and/or correlations. Also to
develop practical problem solving skills including conceptual analytical solutions
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Apply the basic concepts of heat transfer mode under different situations.
CO2 Analyze the engineering problems related to conductive, convective and radiation heat
transfer.
CO3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal
126
and environmental aspects.
CO4 Interpret the data and apply appropriate technique or tool for the solution of heat transfer
related engineering problem.
CO5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of experiments:
UNIT-I
1. To determine the thermal conductivity of metal bar
2. To determine the thermal conductivity of insulating powder
3. To analyse conduction heat transfer in composite wall.
4. To demonstrate experimentally convection heat transfer in natural convection
UNIT-II
5. To examine the convection heat transfer in forced convection
6. To analyse radiation heat transfer by black body
7. To analyse conduction heat transfer from pin fin
UNIT-III
8. To demonstrate experimentally heat transfer through lagged pipe
9. To examine the heat transfer phenomenon in parallel/ counter arrangement
10. To find out Stefan Boltzmen constant experimentally
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEP-305
Teaching –Learning Process
127
1. Experimentation
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machine Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: NONE Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-306
To enable the students to acquire knowledge of fluid mechanics concepts by measuring
Pressure, velocity and discharge of fluid.
To prepare the students for analyzing the characteristics performance of different hydraulic
systems like turbine, pump, centrifugal blower, Hydraulic ram etc. with the help of
practical approach.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of fluid mechanics and machinery to summarize experimental
observations under different situations.
2 Analyze the engineering problems related to fluid kinematics, dynamics and machinery
128
experimentally
3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal
and environmental aspects.
4 Interpret the data and apply appropriate technique or tool for the solution of fluid
mechanics and machinery related engineering problem.
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of experiments:
UNIT-I
1. To determine the Metacentric height of a floating vessel.
2. To verify the Bernoulli’s Theorem.
3. To determine the coefficient of discharge of venturimeter and Orifice meter.
4. To show the velocity and pressure variation with radius in a forced vertex flow
UNIT-II 5. To determine the Coefficient of velocity through a pipe flow using Pitot- Tube.
6. To determine the coefficient of discharge of Notch (V and Rectangular types)
7. To find critical Reynolds number for a pipe flow
8. To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden contraction and bends
UNIT-III
9. Performance study of Pelton wheel.
10. Performance study of Francis turbine and axial flow turbines.
11. To study the characteristics of centrifugal pump and reciprocating pump.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEP-306
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Experimentation
129
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version
2018
Machining Processes Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Manufacturing Practice Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-307
To expose hands-on training to the students on various machines like lathe, Shaper,
Slotter, Milling, grinding machines.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the fundamentals of machining processes to perform various machining operations
on Lathe, Shaper, milling, drilling and grinding machines.
2 Plan and organize the series of machining operation for completion of assigned job as per standard
codes and procedure.
130
3 Inspect the problems occured during various metal cutting operations and their remedial action.
4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal
and environmental aspects.
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of experiments:
UNIT-I
1. To make a job on lathe machine which includes facing, turning, taper-turning, knurling &
drilling.
2. Exercise of internal turning and threading operation on Lathe machine.
3. Study of constructional features and working on Radial drilling machine by performing
various operation on it like drilling, reaming, counter boring, counter sinking and tapping
operations
4. Exercise on drilling, reaming, counter boring, counter sinking and tapping on radial
drilling machine.
UNIT-II
5. To make V threads& square threads on lathe machine
6. To make a job on Capstan lathe machine which includes facing, turning, taper-turning &
drilling.
7. Grinding of single point cutting tool & study various cutting tool materials
8. To make a slot cutting & making V block on shaper machine.
UNIT-III
9. To make spur gear on milling machine
10. To make a job on grinding using surface grinder.
11. To make a small project.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEP-307
Teaching –Learning Process
131
1. Experimentation
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Project L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 2
MER-308 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working
model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at
team.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering
for project work.
2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.
132
3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,
safety, legal and environmental aspects.
4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of
mechanical engineering and project management
5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through
report and presentation.
Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below
Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time
Schedule
Weekly
Weightage
one Two Three Four Five
2 4 6 8 10
Project
Proposal
and data
Collection
Submission of Project Title
and Brief Description and
Formation of groups
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5
A description of the product
Opportunity its social
Relevance, market need,
Data collection and
Literature Survey
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5
Defining Objectives of the
projects, Sketches,
Techniques
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5
Problem
Formulatio
n
Design Specifications /
Modules &
Techniques along
withProblem Formulation
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5
Final Concept, Detailed and
Assembly Drawings,
Financial Model / costing
Prototype / Coding leads to
Submission of Synopsis
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5
Fabrication
of
Prototype
Progress report on Building
Prototypes, drawings and
purchase requisition of
material
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5
Evaluation based on
Progress of Fabrication of
Prototypes requirements,
Constraints and
specifications
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5
133
Evaluation based on
Completeness of fabrication
and comprehensive report
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5
Final
Presentatio
n and
Demonstrat
ion
/Internal
Viva
Presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5
External
Viva and
presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
25
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Level Assessment Rubrics
1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism
checking
2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey
3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing
4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness
5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of
synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check
6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order
7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily
diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution
8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of
Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to
society
9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project
9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible
solutions to meet the project objective.
9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few
feasible solutions to meet the project objective
9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of
several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.
134
Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance
(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based
design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment
levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-
MER-
308
Teaching Learning Process
1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.
2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and
assessment of weekly work done by each group.
Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks
9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the
development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and
analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional
approaches
10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the
section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.
10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.
Transitions are present but are inconsistent.
10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions
10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.
10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive
aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by
transitions.
135
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Engineering Economics L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEY-301
To impart knowledge about economics and types of economics, Demand &
Supply of goods, various types of costs and economical appraisal system.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the fundamental of Engineering Economics in different problems
2 Apply the concept of mini & macro economics, demand and supply, economic appraisal
techniques and monetary system
3 Identify the impact of demand, supply, cost and monetary system
4 Categorize the different types of cost, product pricing, economics techniques and monetary
system
5 Classify the costing, demand & supply, economic appraisal techniques and monetary system.
136
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-I
1. Introduction: Definition of Economics – various definitions. Basic economic concepts: Stock
and Flow, Static and Dynamic economics, Micro economics and Macro economics, National
Income concepts. Relation between Science, Engineering, Technology and Economics (8hrs)
2. Demand, meaning and types, Law of demand, exceptions to the law of demand, Elasticity of
Demand, factors effecting elasticity of demand, Methods of measuring elasticity of demand,
Marginal utility Analysis. (7hrs)
Unit-II
3. Supply: Law of supply, elasticity of supply Role of Demand & Supply in Price Determination
and effect of changes in demand and supply on prices, Production functions, law of returns, least
cost combination, cost and cost curves, choice of plant size in the long run.(7hrs)
4. Various concepts of cost – Fixed cost, variable cost, average cost, marginal cost, money cost,
real cost opportunity cost, Cost elements, Difference between cost estimation and cost
accounting and Revenues, Standard Cost, Actual Cost, Over head Cost, Cost control,
Break‐Even‐Analysis. (8hrs)
Unit-III
5. Economic appraisal techniques: Long and Short range Budgeting, Criteria for
ProjectAppraisal, Depreciation: Types of depreciation and their Methods (5hrs)
6. Monetary System: Money and its functions, Functions of monetary PolicyIntroduction,
Nature and characteristics of Indian economy Privatization – meaning, advantages and
disadvantages, Globalisation of Indian economy – advantages and disadvantages, Introduction to
VAT, WTO, GATT & TRIPS agreement (10hrs)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Principles of Economics: P.N. Chopra (Kalyani Publishers).
2. A Text Book of Economic Theory: Stonier andHauge.
3. Monetary Economics :SurajB.Gupta
4. Cost Accounting :JawaharLal
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEY-301
137
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Thermodynamics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEY-302
To understand the underlying principles of operation in different Refrigeration
& Air conditioning systems and components
To provide knowledge on design aspects of Refrigeration & Air conditioning
Systems.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
2 Solve the problems related to performance characteristics of refrigeration systems and cooling
load calculation for winter or summer air conditioning systems.
3 Compare the various refrigerants, refrigerating equipment and system.
4 Examine the performance of various refrigeration and air conditioning system and their
applications.
5 Select the appropriate refrigeration and air conditioning equipment for a particular application
138
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I
1. Vapour Compression and Air Cycle Refrigeration (8 Hrs.)
Review of thermodynamic principles of refrigeration, reversed Carnot cycle, air refrigeration
cycle, aircraft refrigeration cycle, vapour compression refrigeration cycle, actual vapour
compression cycle, advanced vapour compression refrigeration systems, compound compression
and multi load systems.
2. Vapour Absorption and Unconventional Refrigeration Cycles (7 Hrs.)
Water vapor refrigeration systems, steam jet refrigeration, thermo electric refrigeration, vapor
absorption refrigeration system, cryogenics refrigeration, cascade system.
UNIT-II
3. Refrigerants (8 Hrs.)
Desirable properties of common refrigerants, alternative refrigerants, selection of refrigerants,
refrigerator retrofitting procedure, impact on environment by traditional refrigerants, concept of
ozone depletion and global warming.
4. Refrigeration System Components and applications (7 Hrs.)
Compressors, expansion devices, condensers, evaporators, Applications - ice plants, food storage,
milk chilling plants.
UNIT-III
5. Psychometry (7 Hrs.)
Psychometric processes use of psychometric charts - grand and room sensible heat factors -
bypass factor - air washers, requirements of comfort air conditioning, summer and winter Air
conditioning.
6. Air conditioning systems (8Hrs.)
Cooling load calculation, working principles of centralized air conditioning systems, split,
ductable split, packaged air conditioning, indoor air quality concepts, location of air conditioning
components in a car – Schematic layout, demonstration and exposure of HVAC softwares related
to psychometric processes & HVAC systems.
Text Books:
1. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1983
2. Arora C.P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1988.
Reference Books:
1. Stoecker N.F and Jones, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, TMH, New Delhi, 1982.
2. Roy. J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education 1997
3. Jordon and Priester, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 1985.
4. Dossat, R. J., Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education, Singapore (2004).
5. Ameen, A., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi (2004).
Teaching –Learning Proces
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
139
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEY-302
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
LAB
L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 2*
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Thermodynamics Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEY-303
To analyze the different aspects of mechanical refrigerator systems with the
help of practical approach.
Calculations and estimation of different technical terms like COP and
efficiency of cooling system would be imparted to the students.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of refrigeration and air conditions to determine the COP of different
refrigeration systems
2 Analyze the performance of Electrolux refrigeration system and Ice Plant
experimentally
3 Inspect the functioning of various elements of a mechanical refrigerator, air
140
conditioner and heat pump
4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety,
legal and environmental aspects.
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of experiments:
Unit-I
1. To study the various elements of a mechanical refrigerator system through cut sections
models / actual apparatus.
2. To study refrigeration cycle, and evaluation the coefficient of performance (COP) of a
cycle & tonnage capacity of refrigeration unit or domestic Refrigeration.
3. To evaluate the performance of domestic air conditioner.
Unit-II
4. To evaluate the performance of an Electrolux refrigerator.
5. To calculate the COP of an Ice Plant Tutor.
6. To find copy of year round in condition.
Unit-III
7. Visit to a HVAC plant for studying the various processes for winter and summer air
conditioning.
8. To calculate COP of water cooper unit.
9. To calculate COP of water to water Heat Pump.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA
L
TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEY-303
141
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Experimentation
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
External Marks: 40
Scheme Name of the subject- SOFT SKILLS L T P C
Version(1.6) Apply to Programs- All engineering Branches 0 0 2 MNG
(Sem 5)
Subject Code- Prerequisite- Soft Skills 2nd Year Total hours = 25 hrs
TDY 301
Objectives
Prepare students exceptionally well in communication skills and verbal ability for the
placement process while polishing their overall personality.
Subject Outcome
Unit – I To enhance students’ awareness about their career and their surroundings in order to ensure
142
active participation in GDs through various idea generation techniques and application of
creative thinking.
Unit – II To enable the students to deliver flawless presentations and communicate professionly while
managing time effectively and exhibiting a strong hold over grammar.
Unit – III To enhance the employability of the students by facilitating the aggrandization of current
affairs knowledge, making effective resumes and gaining insights about Interview skills.
UNIT I (My Invigoration)
1. Soft Skills Recast
2. Contriving Lateral Thinking-1
3. Grammar Recap
4. Abstract Topic Based Gd
5. Prepositions, Conjunctions and Presentation Skills
UNIT II (Enhancing Skill Set)
• Mastering Writex
• Presentation Skills Know How -1
• Presentation Skills Know How -2
• Resume Writing
• Interview Sneak Peek
UNIT III (Embracing Corporate World)
• Current Topic Based Gd
143
• Reading Comprehension And Parajumbles
• Enhancing Political And Social Knowledge
• Pitching RightBuilding A Positive Perspective
Text books
Chandigarh University Text Book- Comprehending Verbal Ability for Success
Reference
1 .Serious Creativity by Edward de Bono
2. A Technique For Producing Ideas, by James Webb Young
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program a B c d E f G h i j K L
Outcome
Subject
Mapping
Unit mapping
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
✓
Category
HONS
PROJEC
T BW
PRACTIC
AL
TRAININ
G
SEMINA
R
Department
Department of Career Planning and
Development
Subject Code Name of the Subject
144
TDY301
SOFT
SKILLS
Scheme Name of the subject- APTITUDE L T P C
Version(1.7) Apply to Programs- BE 5th semester all 0 2 0 2*
engineering Branches
Subject Code- Prerequisite- Aptitude 2nd
year Total = 30 Lectures
TDY – 302
Objectives
To generate problem solving skills, counting techniques, ability to analyze the
situation, demonstrate various principles involved in solving mathematical
problems and thereby reducing the time taken for performing job functions with
logical thinking and applying decision making in all national and international
projects.
145
Subject Outcome
Unit – I To enhance the calculation speed with the help of short cut tricks & detailed
knowledge of numbers, factors, multiples.
Unit – II Detailed knowledge of percentage & profit/loss and their applications. To build the
approach for logical reasoning.
Unit – III To improve data interpretation skill of the student, Demonstrate a basic
understanding of displays of data such as bar graphs, histograms, dot plots. Able to
read between the lines and understand various language structures.
Content of the Syllabus
Unit-I 10 lectures
1. Vedic Maths :
Mental Calculations
How to find square root, cube root, squares, cubes
Approximations
How to solve tough calculations in less time
2. Classification of Numbers:
Number Chart: Real numbers, Imaginary numbers, Rational numbers, Irrational numbers, Integers, Whole numbers & Natural numbers
Odd and Even numbers
Prime and composite numbers
Concept of co-prime pairs
3. LCM & HCF and Factors:
Concept of factor & multiple
Concept of LCM and HCF (GCD)
Word problems based on HCF & LCM.
To find the number of factors of a given number.
To find the sum and product of factors of a given number.
4. Division and BODMAS:
Concept of quotient, remainder, divisor and dividend
Rule of BODMAS.
Basic problems on above
146
5. Remainders & Factorials:
Concept of finding remainder of complicated index based quotients
Concepts of factorials
Highest power of prime number and composite number in a given factorial 6. Unit’s digit and Ten’s digit of higher powers:
To find unit digit of higher powers of natural numbers To find tens digit of higher powers of natural numbers
To calculate last two digits of higher powers of natural numbers
Unit-II8 lectures
• Percentages:
Concept of percentages
Concept of percentage increasing and percentage decreasing
Concept of successive percentage
• Profit & Loss:
Concepts of cost price, selling price and marked price
Fundamentals of profit, loss and discounts
Fundamental problems based on above concepts.
Complex problems based on above concepts.
• Letter and Symbol Series:
How to find the missing term in the jumbled series How to find the next term in the jumbled series.
• Blood relations:
Concept of symbol representation of blood relations
Family tree based concepts
Basic problems on above mentioned concepts.
Unit-III 12 lectures
• Seating Arrangements:
Problems on Linear arrangements Problems on Circular arrangements
• Analytical Reasoning:
To analyze the given figure
Find the mirror images and water images
Finding missing term after analyzing the given data.
• Non Verbal Reasoning: Finding the pattern for next figure
Finding missing figure
Finding the missing images
Problems on cutting and folding paper.
• Input Output:
Understanding the logic of given steps of input to get required output.
147
• Data Interpretation:
Tabular representation
2-D graphs
3-D graphs
Venn diagram based DI questions
Miscellaneous
Symboperations:
Concept of inequalities Concept of using either the real symbols or substituted symbols.
Eligibility Test:
To decide among the given alternatives after assessing the given data for eligibility of candidate.
Average and Weighted Average:
Concept of Mean. Different type of mean – Arithmetic, Geometric and Harmonic Application of means while taking averages in different types of questions
Ratio, Proportion and Variation
Concept of ratio Concept of proportion
Combining ratios
Word problems on ratios
Concept of Direct & Indirect variation between two variable
Equating the constant of variation
Partnership
Dividing profit into ratio of investments Partial time related problems
Mixture and Alligation
Concept of Alligation Concept of mixing two or more things
Continuous replacement probleme
Simple and Compound Interest
Concept of simple & compound interest
Fundamental problems on it.
Set Theory
Introduction to Venn diagrams
Application of Venn diagrams in different problems
Properties of sets and different operators.
Problem on Ages
Application of concept of ratio on problems of ages related to past and future Understanding of linear equations
Application of shortcut tricks
148
Text Books – Chandigarh University Aptitude Book for 5th Semester Engineering students (DCPD)
Reference Material –
Guha Abhijit Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations 2011 Tata McGraw Hill
Publication 7 West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110008.
Aggarwal R.S A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning 2012 S.Chand
Publishing Kuttab Road, New Delhi. 011-23672080
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program a b c d e f g h i j K l
outcome
Subject
mapping
Unit mapping
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
Category
HONS
PROJEC
T BW
PRACTICA
L
TRAININ
G SEMINAR
Department Department of Career Planning and Development
Subject Code Name of the Subject
TDY- 302
APTITUD
E
a) To speed up mathematical calculations.
b) Enhancing number system in details with application.
c) Concept build up of arithmetic with percentages.
149
d) Analytical and logical thinking and the habit of drawing conclusions based on quantitative information.
e) Understand the basic rules of logic, including critical thinking
f) Data analyzing techniques
g) Apply mathematical methodologies to open-ended real-world problems
h) mathematical analysis, and formulate mathematical models of such problems
150
6th Semester
Syllabus
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Design of Machine Elements-II L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 1 2 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Design of Machine Elements-I Total hours = 36
Course Objectives
MET-351
To enhance the design knowledge and design skills of students so that they
become capable to convert their ideas into reality of technical world.
Course Outcome
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the fundamentals of design lower pair, higher pair, spring and power transmission
system.
2 Classify the belt, rope, chain drives and springs for different industrial applications
3 Estimate the safe condition of design in different types of machine elements under various
151
loading conditions.
4 Design different types of belt, rope, chain drives, springs for particular application
5 Select the different types of machine elements, flywheel and pulleys for different power
transmission systems on the basis of design.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I (12)
1. Springs: Types of springs, Design for helical springs against tension and their uses.
Compression and fluctuating loads, Design of leaf springs, Surging phenomenon in springs.
Design problem, buckling of spring(6hrs)
2. Belt, rope and chain drives: Design of belt drives, Flat & V-belt drives, Conditions for
Transmission of max. Power, Selection of belt, design of rope drives Design of chain drive.
(6hrs)
UNIT-II (12)
3. Bearings: Design of pivot and collar bearing, Selection of ball and roller bearing based on
static and dynamic load carrying capacity using load life relationship, Selection of bearings from
manufacturer’s catalogue, types of lubrication – Boundary, mixed and hydrodynamic lubrication,
Design of journal bearings. (6 hrs)
4. Clutches & Brakes: Various types of clutches in use, Design of friction clutches, Disc,
Multidisc and Cone type. Various types of brakes, Self-energizing condition of brakes, Design of
shoe brakes – Internal & external expanding, band brakes.(6 hrs)
UNIT-III (12)
5. Flywheel: Turning Moment diagram, Coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed, design of
flywheel – solid disk and rimmed flywheels. (6 hrs)
6. Gears: Classification, Selection of gears, Terminology of gears, Force analysis, Selection of
material for gears, Beam and wear strength of gear tooth, form or Lewis factor for gear tooth,
Dynamic load on gear and Buckingham equation and Design of spur, helical, bevel &worm gear
including the consideration for maximum power transmitting capacity, Gear Lubrication, Design
Problems. (6 hrs)
Text Books:
1. Aggarwal.D.K, Machine Design
2. Khurmi R.S, Machine Design
Reference Books:
1.Shigley, Tata McGraw hill, Machine Design
2. Juvinal, John-Wiley Publishers, Machine Design
3. Machine Design Data Book by V.K. Jadon (IK International Publications) \
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
152
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MET-351
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Industrial Automation and Robotics L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 2 0 0 2
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MET-352
To learn the Applications of Industrial Automation and Fluid power control
using valves
To understand the Importance of fluidic, Transfer devices, feeder and Control
system using PLC
To learn the working of Robotics and its application; and Machining using CNC
system and Part Programming
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
153
1 Recall the basic concept of Hydraulics,CAD, CIM and FMS.
2 Identify the different elements of fluid power control, single and double acting cylinder
as well as different valves
3 Categorize various hydraulic and pneumatic control systems.
4 Evaluate the functioning of automation systems such as transfer devices, feeder,
electrical and electronic controls.
5 Construct the pneumatic, hydraulics circuits and robots programming
UNIT - I
1. Introduction to Industrial Automation:Industrial Automation, types of automation, basic
functions of automation, reasons for automating, CAD, CAM, CIM; Rigid automation: Part
handling, Machine tools. Flexible automation: Computer control of Machine Tools and
Machining Centers, NC and NC part programming, CNC-Adaptive Control, Automated Material
handling. Assembly, Flexible, levels of automation, low cost automation (5Hrs):
2. Fluid Power Control and Hydraulic, Pneumatic Circuits: Fluid power control elements,
Standard graphical symbols, Fluid power generators, Hydraulic and pneumatic Cylinders -
construction, design and mounting; Hydraulic and pneumatic Valves for pressure, flow and
direction control. (5Hrs):
UNIT – II
3. Control of Hydraulic and Pneumatic System: Direct and Indirect Control of Single/Double Acting
Cylinders, Designing of logic circuits for a given time displacement diagram & sequence of operations,
Hydraulic & Pneumatic Circuits using Time Delay Valve & Quick Exhaust Valve, Memory Circuit &
Speed Control of a cylinder (6Hrs)
4. Transfer Devices and Feeders: Classification: Construction details and application of
transfer devices and feeders (vibratory bowl feeder, reciprocating tube and centrifugal hopper
feeder. (4Hrs)
UNIT – III
5. Electrical and Electronic Controls :Introduction to electrical and electronic controls such as
electromagnetic controllers - transducers and sensors, microprocessors, programmable logic
controllers (PLC).Architecture & Components of PLC, Ladder Logic Diagrams (4Hrs)
6. Robotics and Industrial Applications: Introduction, classification based on geometry,
devices, control and path movement, End effectors - types and applications: Sensors - types and
applications. Robot programming, Concept of Robotic/Machine vision, Teach pendent,
introduction to material transfer, machine loading /unloading, welding, assembly and spray
painting operations. (6Hrs)
Text Books:
1. Automation Production System & Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Mikell P. Grover
2. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with applications, Pearson
154
3. S. R Majumdar, Pneumatic Control, McGraw Hill
4. S. R Deb, Robotic Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata Mc Hill
5. Saeed B. Niku Introduction to Robotics, Wiley India
6. AshitavaGhosal, Robotics, Oxford
7. Industrial automation and robotics : A.K Gupta Laxmi Publications
Reference Books
1. Radhakrishnan.P, Subramanyan.S and Raju.V, “CAD/CAM/CIM”, New Age In
ternational Publishers, 2000.
2. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power Control with application, Publisher : Pearson Education
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written
examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
155
Category
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MET-352
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Design of Machine Elements Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Design of Machine Elements Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-353
To inculcate the fundamentals of Design and Simulation using modeling softwares.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Understand and apply the basic of design and simulation of machine components
2 Design and Simulate the various machine components such as bearing, clutch, gear box
and flywheel
156
3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal
and environmental aspects.
4 Analyzed the heat transfer and fluid mechanics problems through simulations
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of Experiments
Unit-I 1. Design and Simulation of Journal Bearing
2. Design and Simulation of Disc Clutch
3. Design and Simulation of Gear Box assembly
Unit-II
4. Design and Simulation of Flywheel
5. Development of the velocity profile for laminar flow started from rest by an applied
pressure gradient in a pipe.
6. Modeling the heat transfer equation as a function of thickness and thermal condition.
Unit-III
7. Design a program to compute the velocity profile of viscous fluid across the radius of
pipe.
8. Develop a program to examine transient heat conduction time and temperature
distributions in a semi-infinite solid.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEP-353
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Analysis on Software
2. Technical Report Writing
3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results
Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60
157
External Marks: 40
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Industrial Automation and Robotics Lab L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: CAD Modeling Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
MEP-354
To prepare the students for Latest development in the field of Automation using FMS,
robotics arm, CNC Programming &simulation, hydraulic and pneumatic circuit and
microprocessor based PLC
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of automation and its components
2 Design hydraulic & pneumatic circuit integrated with PLC
3 Classify the FMS, develop and execute the CNC program for machining the component on
158
lathe and milling machines
4 Inspect the the various features of industrial Robot and its applications considering social,
health, safety, legal and environmental aspects.
5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written
manners through report and practical presentation.
List of Experiments
Unit-I 1. Design and assembly of Pneumatic Logic Circuits circuit utilizing single and double
acting cylinder.
2. Design and assembly of Hydraulic Logic Circuits circuit utilizing single and double
acting cylinder
3. Implementation of various basics logic gates like, OR, AND, NOT and NAND
4. To familiarize with microprocessor based PLC and its industrial applications
Unit-II
5. Demonstration of robotics arm and its applications
6. To Exhibit the working of Flexible Manufacturing system
7. To perform tool and work offset in case of CNC Lathe and Milling.
Unit-III
8. To develop and execute a program for CNC turning & perform simulation on software.
9. To develop and execute a program for CNC Mill& perform simulation on software.
10. To execute a program on vertical CNC Mill in Machine on Lathe Machine.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 P
O3
PO4 PO5 P
O
6
PO
7
PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO
12
Subject mapping
Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJEC
T
BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
159
Subject Code MEP-354
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Total Quality Management L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Introduction to Management and
leadership
Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEY-356
1. To provide the knowledge of total quality management
2. To provide knowledge of the various tools to Design of Experiments and Taguchi
Methods
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course the student will be able to
1 Apply the concepts of quality, total quality management, JIT, planning, process
management, bench marking and quality systems.
160
2 Classify the quality, total quality management, JIT, planning, process
management, bench marking and quality systems.
3 Compare the functions of different types of quality, total quality management,
JIT, planning, process management, bench marking and quality systems
4 Explain the process of total quality management, JIT, planning, process
management, bench marking and quality systems
5 Evaluate the performance of various quality systems, planning processes,
problem solving, bench marking and advanced techniques of TQM
Contents of the Syllabus
Detailed Contents:
UNIT- I (15 Hrs)
1. Concept and definition of quality Total quality control (TQC) and Total Quality Management
(TQM), salient features of TQC and TQM. Total Quality Management Models, benefits of TQM.
Quality and Total Quality Management: Excellence in manufacturing/service, factors of
excellence, relevance of TQM.
2. Just-in-time (JIT): Definition: Elements, benefits, equipment layout for JIT system, Kanban
system MRP (Material Requirement planning) vs JIT system, Waste elimination, workers
involvement through JIT: JIT cause and effect chain, JIT implementation.
3. Customer Satisfaction, data collection and complaint, redressal mechanism.
UNIT – II (15 HRS)
4. Planning Process: Policy development and implementation; plan formulation and
implementation.
Process Management: Factors affecting process management, Quality function development
(QFD), and quality assurance system.
5. Total Employees Involvement (TEI): Empowering employees: team building; quality circles;
reward and Recognition; education and training, Suggestion schemes.
UNIT – III (15 HRS)
6. Problems solving: Defining problem, Problem identification and solving process, QC tools.
Bench Marking : Definition, concept, process and types of benchmarking.
7. Quality Systems: Concept of quality system standards: relevance and origin of ISO 9000;
Benefits; Elements of ISO 9001, ISO 9002, ISO 9003.
Advanced techniques of TQM: Design of experiments: failure mode effect analysis: Taguchi
methods.
Note for Paper setter:
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one
compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The
compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in
all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.
All questions carry equal marks.
Text Books:
161
1. Sunder Raju, Total Quality Management , Tata McGraw Hill.
2. M.Zairi, TQM for engineers, Aditya Books.
3. J.L. Hradeskym, Total Quality Management Handbook, McGraw Hill
4. Dalela and Saurabh, ISO 9000 quality System, Standard Publishers.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEY-356
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Project L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 3
MER-355 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working
model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at
team.
162
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering
for project work.
2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.
3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,
safety, legal and environmental aspects.
4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of
mechanical engineering and project management
5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through
report and presentation.
Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below
Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time
Schedule
Weekly
Weightage
One Two Three Four Five
2 4 6 8 10
Project
Proposal
and data
Collection
Submission of Project Title
and Brief Description and
Formation of groups
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5
A description of the product
Opportunity its social
Relevance, market need,
Data collection and
Literature Survey
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5
Defining Objectives of the
projects, Sketches,
Techniques
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5
Problem
Formulatio
n
Design Specifications /
Modules &
Techniques along
withProblem Formulation
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5
Final Concept, Detailed and
Assembly Drawings,
Financial Model / costing
Prototype / Coding leads to
Submission of Synopsis
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5
163
Fabrication
of
Prototype
Progress report on Building
Prototypes, drawings and
purchase requisition of
material
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5
Evaluation based on
Progress of Fabrication of
Prototypes requirements,
Constraints and
specifications
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5
Evaluation based on
Completeness of fabrication
and comprehensive report
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5
Final
Presentatio
n and
Demonstrat
ion
/Internal
Viva
Presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5
External
Viva and
presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
25
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Level Assessment Rubrics
1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism
checking
2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey
3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing
4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness
5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of
synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check
6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order
7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily
diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution
8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of
164
Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance
(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based
design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment
levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
√
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-
MER-
355
Project
Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to
society
9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project
9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible
solutions to meet the project objective.
9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few
feasible solutions to meet the project objective
9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of
several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.
9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the
development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and
analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional
approaches
10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the
section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.
10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.
Transitions are present but are inconsistent.
10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions
10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.
10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive
aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by
transitions.
165
Teaching Learning Process
1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.
2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and
assessment of weekly work done by each group.
3. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.
MEX-304 Massive Open Online Courses
Credit 04 MNG
Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study
Prerequisite: Nil
Course Category PC
Professional Core Engineering
Department
University Institute of Engineering:
Mechanical Engineering
To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs
166
Purpose
in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.
Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1
.
Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide
f h i
j
Engineering solutions.
Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.
Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)
Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.
Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:
1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS
2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.
3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.
4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.
5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for
course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise
not specified on the platform.
167
6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.
7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.
8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with
uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th
April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year. 9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall
Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.
10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.
11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.
MEX-357 Massive Open Online Courses
Credit 04 MNG
Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study
Prerequisite: Nil
Course Category PC
Professional Core Engineering
Department
University Institute of Engineering:
Mechanical Engineering
To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs
168
Purpose
in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.
Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1
.
Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide
f h i
j
Engineering solutions.
Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.
Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)
Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.
Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:
1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS
2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.
3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.
4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.
5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for
course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise
not specified on the platform.
169
6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.
7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.
8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with
uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th
April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year. 9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall
Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.
10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.
11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.
MEX-452 Massive Open Online Courses
Credit 4 MNG
Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study
Prerequisite: Nil
Course Category PC
Professional Core Engineering
Department
University Institute of Engineering:
Mechanical Engineering
To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs
Purpose
in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.
170
Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1
.
Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide
f h i
j
Engineering solutions.
Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.
Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)
Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.
Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:
1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS
2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.
3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.
4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.
5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for
course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise not specified on the platform.
6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.
171
7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.
8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with
uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year.
9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.
10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.
11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.
Scheme Name of the subject- SOFT SKILLS L T P C
Version(1.5)
Apply to Programs- All engineering
Branches 0 0 2 MNG
(Sem 6)
Subject Code- Prerequisite- Soft Skills Sem 5 Total hours = 25
hrs
TDY 351
Objectives
To boost student confidence and knowledge for performing phenomenally well in Group
discussions and interviews.
Subject Outcome
172
Unit – I To enhance the lateral thinking skills, effective Presentation Skills of the students and make
them active participants in discussions
Unit – II To build a holistic learning attitude among students and enhance their general awareness about
various categories to become globally smart and be proficient in performing in group
Discussions
Unit – III To build students’ confidence and to ensure a higher standard of competitiveness by
equipping them with interview specific training and make them employable.
UNIT I
UNIT I (Idea Contouring)
1. A Session Exordium
2. Business Case Studies
3. Self Adumbration
4. Grammar Reinforcement
5. Current Topic Based GD's
UNIT II (Lexical Opulence)
• Guesstimates
• Descriptive Writing
• Interview Mirror
173
• Abstract Topic Based GD's
• ED Talk 1
UNIT III (Employability Resonance)
• ED Talk 2
• Divergent Thinking
• PaneL Discussions
• Divergent Thinking
• Assertive Behaviour
Text books
Chandigarh University Text Book-Comprehending Verbal Ability for Success
Reference
3. Serious Creativity by Edward de Bono
4. E-book: Soft Skills by Manmohan Joshi
5. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change by Stephen R.
Covey
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program a b C d E f G h i j K l
Outcome
Subject
Mapping
Unit mapping
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
174
✓
Category
HONS
PROJEC
T BW
PRACTIC
AL
TRAININ
G
SEMINA
R
Department
Department of Career Planning and
Development
Subject Code Name of the Subject
TDY351
SOFT
SKILLS
Scheme Name of the subject- APTITUDE L T P C
Version(1.7) Apply to Programs- BE 6th semester all 0 2 0 2
engineering branches
Subject Code- Prerequisite- Aptitude 5th semester Total = 30 lectures
TDY – 352
Objectives
To generate problem solving skills, counting techniques, ability to analyze the
situation, demonstrate various principles involved in solving mathematical
problems and thereby reducing the time taken for performing job functions with
logical thinking and applying decision making in all national and international
175
projects.
Subject Outcome
Unit – I To improve arithmetic concepts of work, time and efficiency , speed and distance &
use of proportionality in work problems enhance algebra skills, manipulations with
algebraic formulas
Unit – II To build the approach for logical reasoning, critical thinking , improve data
interpretation skill of the student, Demonstrate a basic understanding of displays of
data such as bar graphs, histograms, dot plots. able to read between the lines and
understand various language structures
Unit – III To improve concept of analytical and verbal reasoning, understanding of discount in
real life scenarios and geometry applications in 2D as well as 3D.
Content of the Syllabus
Unit-I 10 lectures
1. Time & Work:
Basic problems based on above using LCM method.
Basic work problems based on efficiency of manpower.
2. Chain Rule:
Solving problems by using concept of direct and indirect proportion.
3. Pipes and Cistern:
Application of Time and work on Pipes and Cistern
Concept of negative work
Basic and complex problems on above.
3. Time, Speed & Distance:
Questions based on average speed, relative speed.
176
• Linear & Circular Races:
Concept of races
Concept of meeting points
Concept of meeting at starting point & dead heat ends
Basic problems on above.
• Problem on Trains:
Problems on trains running in opposite or same direction
Basic problems on trains crossing a pole, platform etc.
• Boats & Rivers:
Concept of downstream & upstream.
Basic questions based on speed of boat w.r.t. speed of river.
Unit-II 8 lectures
• Algebra:
Polynomials & algebraic equations
Linear equations & quadratic equations.
• Pie and Tabular Charts:
Concept of Percentage, average, approximation and ratio
Percentage to degree and vice versa conversion in Pie charts
Detailed analysis of tabular data
• Coding- Decoding:
Concept of EJOTY to learn alphabet.
How to solve abstract problems.
• Direction Sense:
Concept of left & right turn (direction).
Clock & anticlockwise movement with East, West, North and South direction.
Basic problems based on above concepts.
Complex problems based on above concepts.
• Clocks & Calendars:
177
Concept of angles traversed by hour and minute hand
Fundamental problems on above concept.
To find day of week on a given date.
Unit-III 12 lectures
6. Syllogism:
Concept of venn diagram
Basic problems of syllogism using venn diagram
7. Data Sufficiency:
To check whether the given data is sufficient to uniquely answer the question.
19. Cubes & Dice:
Solving problems related to cube cutting painting
Basic problems related to dice faces in different shapes and sizes.
20. Puzzle:
Solving the puzzles.
Arrangement problems of matrix.
21. Permutation and Combination
Fundamental concept of counting: AND and OR
Relation and difference between Permutation and Combination
Different properties of P and C
Applications of the same on different problems
22. Probability
Introduction to different types of events
Concept of sample space and experiment
Application of these concepts on different problems related to coins, dice, cards and balls.
Addition theorem
23. Logarithm
178
Properties of logs
Application of these properties in different problems
24. Sequence and Series
Introduction to AP, GP and HP
Relationship between mean of AP, GP and HP
Sum and nth term of each
Applications of above mentioned concepts.
25. Geometry and Area
Area and perimeter of different 2-D figures
Different properties of 2-D figures
Problems based to above mentioned concepts
26. Surface Area and Volume
Concept of curved and total surface area of different 3-D problems
Concept of volume of 3-D figures
Different properties of 3-D figures.
Problems based on above mentioned concepts
27. True Discount and Banker's Discount
Text Books – Chandigarh University Aptitude Book for 6th semester Engineering students (DCPD)
Reference Material –
Guha Abhijit Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations 2011 Tata McGraw Hill
Publication 7 West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110008.
Aggarwal R.S A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning 2012 S.Chand
Publishing Kuttab Road, New Delhi. 011-23672080
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program A B C d E F G H i j k l
179
Outcome
Subject
Mapping
Unit mapping
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
Category
HONS
PROJEC
T BW
PRACTICA
L
TRAININ
G
SEMINA
R
Department
Department of Career Planning and
Development
Subject Code Name of the Subject
TDY – 352
APTITUD
E
i) Time, work and efficiency relation with applications
j) Application of proportionality in time and work
k) Applications of speed time and distance in word problems using trains.
l) Relative speed using boats and stream
m) Algebraic manipulations with one and two degree equations.
n) Understand the basic rules of logic, including critical thinking
o) Data analyzing techniques
p) Counting techniques and its real life based problems.
180
q) Finding the chances of event of occurrence in various different situations.
r) Properties of logarithms and their applications.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Institutional Training/Summer Training L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 MNG
2*
MES-209 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours =4 weeks
Objectives
1. To provide Hands on experience, work experience in the Company/ Organisation Industry and
to have real time exposure of industrial environment
2. To Built the quality of team work and leadership through actual experience in a professional
envelope
Course Outcome
1 Develop technical skills and knowledge by undergoing actual industrial environment.
2 Develop hands on experience on layout of industry, type of production system, inspection and latest
tools and technologies.
3 Integrate and apply the academic theory and knowledge acquired in the classroom to the actual practice
of Mechanical Engineering for life long learning.
4 Develop competencies expected in a professional environment related to field of Mechanical
Engineering
5 Demonstrate the technical skills with effective communication and develop leadership qualities by
181
working in a team.
Guidelines for Institutional Training/ Summer Training
Sr No. Description Remarks
1 It is mandatory for every student to undergo this course.
2 Every student is expected to spend a minimum of 4-weeks in an Industry/ Company/
Organization, during the summer vacation.
3 The type of industry must be NOT below the Medium Scale category in his / her
domain of the degree programme.
4 The student must submit the “Training Completion Certificate” issued by the industry
/ company / Organisation as well as a technical report not exceeding 15 pages, within
the stipulated time to be eligible for making a presentation
before the committee constituted by the department.
5 The committee will then assess the student based on the report submitted and the
presentation made
6 Marks will be awarded out of maximum 100
7 Appropriate grades will be assigned as per the regulations
8 Only if a student gets a minimum of pass grade, appropriate credit will be transferred
towards the degree requirements,
as per the regulations
9 It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfill the above conditions
to earn the credits.
10 The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be
considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (8)
norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the
Attendance will be considered as ZERO.
11 The committee must recommend redoing the course, if it collectively concludes,
based on the assessment made from the report and presentations submitted by the
student, that either the level of training received or the skill and / or knowledge
gained is NOT satisfactory.
Grade Distribution
Successful completion of the training period it will carry 2 (MNG) credit hours for the Degree program.
The following table shows the grade distribution in terms of percentage points earned for each report and
form that will be graded.
Sr.
No.
Stages of Progression Marks
Distribution
1. Registration, Confirmation of Training / Identification
of Problem and Definition of Problem statement 5
182
2.
Progress Report on Experiential Learning / Review of
Professional skills Development/ Bi-weekly
Evaluation-1
10
3. Progress Report/Evaluation of Report/ Bi-weekly
Evaluation-2 20
4. Final Presentation and Demonstration /Internal Viva
and Presentation 25
5. External Viva and presentation 40
Total Score 100
Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time
Schedule
Weekly
Weightage
One Two Three Four Five
2 4 6 8 10
Registration,
Confirmation
of Training/
Identification
of Problem
and Definition
of Problem
statement
Registration through
UIMS or via Training
Letter
- - - - - 1st NA
Need and Importance of
Study Required in
Industry/ Problem
Statement and execution
Plan
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 2
Daily Activity schedule
of Plan/ Formulation of
Objectives and Outcomes of
Project or case study
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 1st 3
Progress Report
on Experiential
Learning /
Review of
Professional skills
Development
during Training
Literature Survey/ of
Project/ Problem
Formulation
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 2nd 3
Collection of data/ In-
depth survey
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 2nd 2
Experimentation/ Daily
Activity of Problem or case
study under investigation
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 2nd 2
Analysis of data/ Progress on
Project undertaken 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 2nd 3
Mid Term
Progress
Daily Observation report
and Trends of data
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 3rd 5
183
Report Reflection on results/
Conclusions and discussion 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 3rd 5
Fluency of language and
writing skills/ Self reflection
on Training
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 3rd 5
Report Writing 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 4th 5
Final
Presentation
and
Demonstratio
n /Internal
Viva
Presentation
Final Project Report as per
Guidelines 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
10
Oral presentation and
defense 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Training Completion
Certificate/ Properly
Filled and duly Signed
Training Evaluation
Performa
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Daily Diary/ Duly Signed
Attendance Record from
supervisor
14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
External Viva
and
presentation
Final project Report/ Defense
of the report 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
25
Oral presentation and
defense 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Reflection of Training skill 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Selection and
connectivity of
presentation material
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
A B C d E F G H I J K L
Subject mapping x X X x
Unit mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
X
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
X
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
184
Subject Code-
MES- 209
Institutional Training
Teaching Learning Process
1. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Summer Training/Institutional Training L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 MNG
2*
MEY-309 Prerequisite: Manufacturing Practice, Introduction to
management and leadership
Total hours =4 weeks
Objectives
To provide Hands on experience, work experience in the Company/ Organisation Industry and
to have real time exposure of industrial environment
Subject Outcome
1 Develop technical skills and knowledge by undergoing actual industrial environment.
2 Develop hands on experience on layout of industry, type of production system, inspection and latest
tools and technologies.
3 Integrate and apply the academic theory and knowledge acquired in the classroom to the actual practice
of Mechanical Engineering for life long learning.
4 Develop competencies expected in a professional environment related to field of Mechanical
Engineering
5 Demonstrate the technical skills with effective communication and develop leadership qualities by
working in a team.
185
Guidelines for Institutional Training/ Summer Training
Sr No. Description Remarks
1 It is mandatory for every student to undergo this course.
2 Every student is expected to spend a minimum of 4-weeks in
an Industry/ Company/ Organization, during the summer
vacation.
3 The type of industry must be NOT below the Medium Scale
category in his / her domain of the degree programme.
4 The student must submit the “Training Completion
Certificate” issued by the industry / company / Organisation as
well as a technical report not exceeding 15 pages, within
the stipulated time to be eligible for making a presentation
before the committee constituted by the department.
5 The committee will then assess the student based on the report
submitted and the presentation made
6 Marks will be awarded out of maximum 100
7 Appropriate grades will be assigned as per the regulations
8 Only if a student gets a minimum of pass grade, appropriate
credit will be transferred towards the degree requirements,
as per the regulations
9 It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfill
the above conditions to earn the credits.
10 The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding
attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are
transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (8) norms; else if
the credits are not transferred or transferable, the
Attendance will be considered as ZERO.
11 The committee must recommend redoing the course, if it
collectively concludes, based on the assessment made from the
report and presentations submitted by the student, that either
the level of training received or the skill and / or knowledge
gained is NOT satisfactory.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
A B C D E F G H i J K L
Subject mapping x X x x
Unit mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
X
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
X
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject Code-
MEY-309
Summer Training
186
Teaching Learning Process
1. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Summer Training L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 MNG
2*
MEY-402 Prerequisite: Manufacturing Practice, Introduction to
management and leadership, CAD Modeling and
Machining Process
Total hours =4 weeks
Objectives
To provide Hands on experience, work experience in the Company/ Organisation Industry and
to have real time exposure of industrial environment
Subject Outcome
1 Develop technical skills and knowledge by undergoing actual industrial environment.
2 Develop hands on experience on layout of industry, type of production system, inspection and latest
tools and technologies.
3 Integrate and apply the academic theory and knowledge acquired in the classroom to the actual practice
of Mechanical Engineering for life long learning.
4 Develop competencies expected in a professional environment related to field of Mechanical
Engineering
187
5 Demonstrate the technical skills with effective communication and develop leadership qualities by
working in a team.
Guidelines for Institutional Training/ Summer Training
Sr No. Description Remarks
1 It is mandatory for every student to undergo this course.
2 Every student is expected to spend a minimum of 4-weeks in an Industry/
Company/ Organization, during the summer vacation.
3 The type of industry must be NOT below the Medium Scale category in his / her
domain of the degree programme.
4 The student must submit the “Training Completion Certificate” issued by the
industry / company / Organisation as well as a technical report not exceeding 15
pages, within
the stipulated time to be eligible for making a presentation
before the committee constituted by the department.
5 The committee will then assess the student based on the report submitted and the
presentation made
6 Marks will be awarded out of maximum 100
7 Appropriate grades will be assigned as per the regulations
8 Only if a student gets a minimum of pass grade, appropriate credit will be
transferred towards the degree requirements,
as per the regulations
9 It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfill the above
conditions to earn the credits.
10 The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will
be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to
(8) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the
Attendance will be considered as ZERO.
11 The committee must recommend redoing the course, if it collectively concludes,
based on the assessment made from the report and presentations submitted by the
student, that either the level of training received or the skill and / or knowledge
gained is NOT satisfactory.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
A B c d E F G H i J K L
Subject mapping x X x x
Unit mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
X
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
X
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject Code-
MEY-402
Summer Training
188
Teaching Learning Process
1. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2019
Project L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 4
MER-401 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working
model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at
team.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering
for project work.
2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.
3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,
safety, legal and environmental aspects.
4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of
mechanical engineering and project management
5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through
report and presentation.
189
Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below
Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time
Schedule
Weekly
Weightage
one Two Three Four Five
2 4 6 8 10
Project
Proposal
and data
Collection
Submission of Project Title
and Brief Description and
Formation of groups
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5
A description of the product
Opportunity its social
Relevance, market need,
Data collection and
Literature Survey
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5
Defining Objectives of the
projects, Sketches,
Techniques
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5
Problem
Formulatio
n
Design Specifications /
Modules &
Techniques along
withProblem Formulation
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5
Final Concept, Detailed and
Assembly Drawings,
Financial Model / costing
Prototype / Coding leads to
Submission of Synopsis
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5
Fabrication
of
Prototype
Progress report on Building
Prototypes, drawings and
purchase requisition of
material
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5
Evaluation based on
Progress of Fabrication of
Prototypes requirements,
Constraints and
specifications
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5
Evaluation based on
Completeness of fabrication
and comprehensive report
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5
Final
Presentatio
n and
Demonstrat
ion
/Internal
Viva
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5
190
Presentatio
n
handling
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5
External
Viva and
presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
25
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Level Assessment Rubrics
1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism
checking
2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey
3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing
4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness
5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of
synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check
6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order
7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily
diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution
8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of
Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to
society
9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project
9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible
solutions to meet the project objective.
9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few
feasible solutions to meet the project objective
9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of
several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.
9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the
development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and
analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional
approaches
10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the
section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.
10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.
Transitions are present but are inconsistent.
10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions
191
Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance
(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based
design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment
levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
√
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-
MER-
401
Project
Teaching Learning Process
1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.
2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and
assessment of weekly work done by each group.
3. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.
10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.
10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive
aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by
transitions.
192
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Project L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 4
MER-451 Prerequisite: MER-401 Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working
model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at
team.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering
for project work.
2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.
3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,
safety, legal and environmental aspects.
4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of
mechanical engineering and project management
5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through
report and presentation.
Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below
193
Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time
Schedule
Weekly
Weightage
one Two Three Four Five
2 4 6 8 10
Project
Proposal
and data
Collection
Submission of Project Title
and Brief Description and
Formation of groups
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5
A description of the product
Opportunity its social
Relevance, market need,
Data collection and
Literature Survey
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5
Defining Objectives of the
projects, Sketches,
Techniques
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5
Problem
Formulatio
n
Design Specifications /
Modules &
Techniques along
withProblem Formulation
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5
Final Concept, Detailed and
Assembly Drawings,
Financial Model / costing
Prototype / Coding leads to
Submission of Synopsis
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5
Fabrication
of
Prototype
Progress report on Building
Prototypes, drawings and
purchase requisition of
material
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5
Evaluation based on
Progress of Fabrication of
Prototypes requirements,
Constraints and
specifications
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5
Evaluation based on
Completeness of fabrication
and comprehensive report
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5
Final
Presentatio
n and
Demonstrat
ion
/Internal
Viva
Presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5
194
External
Viva and
presentatio
n
Complete Fabricated Project
including Technically
impressive report
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
25
Comprehension and
development of presentation
10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Fluent speaking, correlation
with visual aids and query
handling
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Selection and connectivity
of presentation material
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per
Academic
Calendar
schedule
5
Level Assessment Rubrics
1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism
checking
2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey
3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing
4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness
5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of
synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check
6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order
7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily
diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution
8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of
Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to
society
9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project
9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible
solutions to meet the project objective.
9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few
feasible solutions to meet the project objective
9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of
several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.
9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the
development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and
analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional
approaches
10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the
section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.
10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.
Transitions are present but are inconsistent.
10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions
10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.
195
Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance
(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based
design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment
levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
√
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-
MER-
451
Project
10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the
section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive
aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by
transitions.
196
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version:
2018
Technical Training L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 2 0 MNG
MEY-358 Recapitulation of technical courses studied in 2nd year Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To Enhance and boost the analytical, technical and problem solving ability of core courses in
order to improve competitive exam capability.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the concepts of Engineering Mechanics for solving the problems of statics and dynamics
2 Solve the problem related to Mechanics of Solids
3 Identify the the appropriate techniques for the solution of mechanical engineering problems
4 Utilize the the concepts of Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery
5 Organize the principle and operation of different Manufacturing techniques
Unit-1
1. Engineering Mechanics: Free-body diagrams and equilibrium; virtual work; kinematics and
dynamics of particles and of rigid bodies in plane motion; impulse and momentum collisions.
2. Mechanics of Materials: Stress and strain, elastic constants, Poisson's ratio; Mohr’s circle for
plane stress and plane strain; thin cylinders; shear force and bending moment diagrams; bending
and shear stresses; deflection of beams; torsion of circular shafts; Euler’s theory of columns;
energy methods; thermal stresses; strain gauges and rosettes; testing of materials with universal
testing machine; testing of hardness and impact strength.
197
Unit-II
4. Theory of Machines: Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of plane mechanisms; dynamic
analysis of linkages; cams; gears and gear trains; flywheels and governors; balancing of reciprocating and
rotating masses; gyroscope.
5. Different types of castings, design of patterns, moulds and cores; solidification and cooling; riser and gating
design. Plastic deformation and yield criteria; fundamentals of hot and cold working processes; metal
forming processes; principles of powder metallurgy. Principles of welding, brazing, soldering and adhesive
bonding.
Unit-III
6. Machining and Machine Tool Operations: Mechanics of machining; basic machine tools;
single and multi-point cutting tools, tool geometry and materials, tool life and wear;
economics of machining; principles of non-traditional machining processes; principles of
work holding, design of jigs and fixtures
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping √ √ √ √ √ √
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-
MEY-358
Technical Training
198
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Technical Training L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 2 0 MNG
MEY-404 Recapitulation of technical courses studied in 2nd and 3nd
year
Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To Enhance and boost the analytical, technical and problem solving ability of core courses in
order to improve competitive exam capability.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Understand and apply the concepts of Engineering and applied thermodynamics
2 Solve the problem related to heat transfer utilizing conduction, convection and radiation
principles
3 Identify the the appropriate techniques for the solution of mechanical engineering problems
4 Utilize the the concepts of fluid mechanics for developing the solution of fluid statics and
dynamics problems
5 Organize the working principle and operation characteristics of fluid machinery
Unit-1
1. Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic systems and processes; properties of pure substances, behaviour of
ideal and real gases; zeroth and first laws of thermodynamics, calculation of work and heat in various
processes; second law of thermodynamics; thermodynamic property charts and tables, availability and
irreversibility; thermodynamic relations. Power Engineering: Air and gas compressors; vapour and gas
power cycles, concepts of regeneration and reheat. I.C. Engines: Air-standard Otto, Diesel and dual cycles
Unit-II
199
2. Heat-Transfer: Modes of heat transfer; one dimensional heat conduction, resistance concept and electrical
analogy, heat transfer through fins; unsteady heat conduction, lumped parameter system, layer,
dimensionless parameters in free and forced convective heat transfer, heat transfer correlations for flow
over flat plates and through pipes, effect of turbulence; heat exchanger performance, LMTD and NTU
methods; radiative heat transfer, StefanBoltzmann law, Wien's displacement law, black and grey surfaces,
Unit-III
3. Fluid Mechanics: Fluid properties; fluid statics, manometry, buoyancy, forces on submerged bodies,
stability of floating bodies; control-volume analysis of mass, momentum and energy; fluid acceleration;
differential equations of continuity and momentum; Bernoulli’s equation; dimensional analysis; viscous
flow of incompressible fluids, boundary layer, elementary turbulent flow, flow through pipes, head losses
in pipes, bends and fittings.
4. Turbomachinery: Impulse and reaction principles, velocity diagrams, Pelton-wheel, Francis and Kaplan
turbines.
.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √ √ √
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-MEY-
404
Technical Training
200
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version:
2018
Technical Training L T P C
B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 2 0 MNG
MEY-453 Recapitulation of technical courses studied in and 3nd year Total hours = 30
Course Objectives
To Enhance and boost the analytical, technical and problem solving ability of core courses in
order to improve competitive exam capability. Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
1 Solve the problem on Design of Machine Elements like belt, rope, chain, gear, bearing, clutch
and brakes
2 Develope the solution of problem related to Refrigeration and Air conditioning
3 Apply the fundamentals of operation research for the optimization of engineering problems
4 Describe the principle of production planning and control
5 Utilize the the concepts of inventory control
Unit-1
1. Design for static and dynamic loading; failure theories; fatigue strength and the S-N diagram; principles of
the design of machine elements such as bolted, riveted and welded joints; shafts, gears, rolling and sliding
contact bearings, brakes and clutches, springs.
2. Limits, fits and tolerances; linear and angular measurements; comparators; gauge design; interferometry;
form and finish measurement; alignment and testing methods; tolerance analysis in manufacturing and
assembly
Unit-II
3. Refrigeration and air-conditioning: Vapour and gas refrigeration and heat pump cycles; properties of
moist air, psychrometric chart, basic psychrometric processes.
4. Computer Integrated Manufacturing: Basic concepts of CAD/CAM and their integration tools.
Unit-III
5. Production Planning and Control: Forecasting models, aggregate production planning, scheduling,
materials requirement planning.
201
6. Inventory Control: Deterministic models; safety stock inventory control systems. Operations Research:
Linear programming, simplex method, transportation, assignment, network flow models, simple queuing
models, PERT and CPM.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√ √ √ √ √ √
Unit
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
√
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering Departments
Subject
Code-MEY-
453
Technical Training
203
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
version
2017-18
Smart Materials and MEMS L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Basic Knowledge of Material Science Total hours =45
Course Objectives
MEN-351
• To provide overview of smart materials, their classification and properties of bio
materials used for implants
• To inculcate the fundamentals characteristics of MEMS & shape memory alloy
• To understand and apply the working principles of piezoelectric sensing and actuation
Course Outcomes On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the basics concepts, behaviour and manufacturing technologies of various
Smart matrials.
2 Identify the various types of smart materials, their properties, actuation and
manufacturing techniques.
3 Classify the smart materials on the basis of different criteria and applications
4 Explain the the properties, processing and characteristics of MEMs, shape memory alloy in
different environments
5 Compare the charactristics, fabrication system, working principle and applications of different
smart materials.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT- I
1. Smart Materials
Introduction of Smart Materials, Structures and Products Technologies Smart Materials (Physical
Properties) Piezoelectric Materials, Electro-strictive Materials, Magneto-strictive Materials, Magneto-
electric Materials ,Magneto-rheological Fluids, Electro-rheological Fluids (8 hours)
2. Modern Engineering Materials: Chromic materials (Thermo, Photo and Electro), Metallic glasses, Engineering Plastics, Bio- materials, classifications, properties of bio-materials, metallic and non-metallic implant materials for tissues, skin and bone replacement, bio sensors (7Hours)
204
UNIT-II
3. Micro-electromechanical System: Introduction to miniaturization, overview of micro-
electromechanical systems, scaling analysis; Sand to wafer, wafer level processing: RCA clean, Oxidation,
Ion implantation, Physical vapor deposition, chemical vapor deposition, Epitaxy, sol-gel method, spin
coating (8 hours)
4. Shape Memory Materials and Alloy: Basic ofShape Memory, Materials and its Alloy, their
properties, Fiber-Optic, Conductors, Semi-conductors and Insulators, Organic and Inorganic materials,
Selection of materials for engineering applications (7 hours)
UNIT-III
5. Micro-fabrication: Photolithography, Thermal oxidation, Thin film deposition, etching types, Doping,
Dicing, Bonding; Microelectronics fabrication process flow, Silicon based, Process selection and design;
Polymers in MEMS (Polyimide, SU-8, LCP, PDMS,PMMA, Parylene etc) (8Hrs)
6. Piezoelectric Sensing and Actuation: Introduction, Cantilever Piezoelectric actuator model,
Properties of Piezoelectric materials, Applications. Magnetic Actuation: Concepts and Principles,
Magnetization and Nomenclatures, Fabrication and case studies, Comparison of major sensing and
actuation method (7Hrs)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Smart Materials and Structures”, M.V.Gandhi and B.S.Thompson Chapmen & Hall, London, 1992
(ISBN:0412370107)
2. Smart Structures –Analysis and Design”, A.V.Srinivasan, Cambridge University Press, New York,
2001, (ISBN:0521650267
3. Foundation of MEMS, by Chang Liu. Pearson Education. (ISBN:9788131764756)
Reference Books:
1. M. Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrication, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2002.
2. S.D. Senturia, Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001
3. N. Maluf, An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering, Artech House, 2nd
Edition, 2004.
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
205
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit mapping 1-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO/IOE MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEN-351
1. THERMAL AND
ENERGY GROUP
206
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Heating Ventilations and Air Conditioning L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-351
To understand the underlying principles of HVAC, human comfort and
Psychometry
To understand the working of AC and design of ventilation system
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of air conditioning, human comfort and ventilation in various
applications
2 Execute the concept of Psychrometry in air conditioning.
3 Examine the air conditioning systems on the basis of heating and cooling load.
4 Interpret the concepts of air conditioning and ventilation with real life applications.
5 Design the summer and winter air conditioning and ventilation system.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I
1. Introduction: Purpose, application, explanation of air conditioning, need and methods of
ventilation. (3Hrs.)
2. Human Comfort: Comfort, thermal interchange with environment, physiological body
regulatory process against heat and cold, high and low temperature hazards, extreme
environment conditions, heat stress index, ASHRAE comfort standard, eco-friendly refrigerants
(6 Hrs.)
3. Psychometry: Evolution of air properties and Psychometry chart, basic processes like sensible
heating, sensible cooling, humidification/ dehumidification and their combination, steam and
adiabatic humidification, adiabatic mixing, bypass factor, sensible heat factor(6Hrs.)
UNIT-II
4. Basics of Refrigeration and AC working: Principle of air conditioning, vapour pressure,
different refrigeration and air conditioning cycle, components of air conditioning, description of
electrical circuit used in refrigerator, air conditioner and water cooler. (8 Hrs.)
207
5. Summer and winter AC: Simple summer AC process, Room sensible heat factor, coil
sensible heat factor, ADP and winter AC. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT-III
6. Ventilation: Fundamental of good indoor air quality, need for building ventilation, effect of
R.H in building ventilation, types of ventilation system, supply system, exhaust system, (5 Hrs.)
7. Industrial Ventilation: case studies, Cinema hall, Auditorium, vehicle parking, plant room,
mines, need and threshold limit of contaminants(5Hrs.)
8. Ventilation system design: Exhaust duct, filter, blower, hood and chimney(5Hrs.)
Text Books:
3. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1983
4. Arora C.P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1988.
Reference Books:
6. Stoecker N.F and Jones, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, TMH, New Delhi, 1982.
7. Roy. J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education 1997
8. Jordon and Priester, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 1985.
9. Dossat, R. J., Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education, Singapore (2004).
10. Ameen, A., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi (2004).
Teaching –Learning Proces
3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
208
Subject
Code MEA-351
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
GAS TURBINES L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermodynamics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-352
The course will prepare to understand the concepts of Gas Turbine to solve
practical engineering problems. It will enhance ability to address new
problems in the rapidly changing technological scenario.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of turbo-machinery for the solution of engineering problems
2 Classify the various types of Compressors, turbines and jet propulsion devices
3 Compare the performance of different types of Compressors, turbines and jet
propulsion devices
4 Determine the output parametrers of Compressors, turbines and jet propulsion
devices
5 Select the suitable compressor, turbines and jet propulsion devices for particular
applications
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT – I
1. Centrifugal Compressor: (7 hours)
Construction and working of centrifugal air compressor, Complete representation of compression process
on T-S diagram, pre guide vanes, pre whirl phenomena, Consideration of Slip Factor & power input
factor, Geometrical representation of Backward, Forward & Radial vanes, Various efficiencies
associated-Isentropic, Polytrophic, Isothermal.
2. Axial Flow Compressor (8hours)
Geometry & Working principle, Stage Velocity Triangles, Degree of reaction, Theory of aero foil
blading, Vortex theory, angle of attack, coefficient of lift and drag, Work done factor, Compressor stage
Efficiency, Losses in axial flow compressor, Surging, Choking and Stalling phenomena, performance
coefficients, Compressor efficiency, Comparison of axial flow compressor with centrifugal compressor, Performance characteristics.
UNIT – II
3. Gas Turbine: (7 hours)
209
Introduction, Classifications, Comparison between Open cycle and Closed cycle arrangement, Brayton
Cycle, Ideal cycle v/s actual cycle, Calculation of work output, work ratio and efficiencies, Effect of
parameters on thermal efficiency, Combustion systems, Thermal Refinement- Regeneration, inter-cooling,
reheating, Multistage compression & expansion, Closed and semi-closed gas turbine,; Gas turbine fuels. 4. Design considerations of Gas Turbine (8 hours)
Aerodynamic and thermodynamic design considerations, Combustion systems, Flame stabilization, Plant
performance and matching, Blade materials and requirements of blade materials.
UNIT – III
4. Jet Propulsion: (8 hours)
Principle of Jet propulsion, Different types of Jet propulsion devices - Ram Jet, Pulse Jet, Turbo-Jet, and
Turbo-Prop. Development of thrust and methods of thrust augmentation, Thrust work, Thrust power,
propulsion energy, Specific fuel consumption and efficiencies associated.
5. Rocket propulsion: (7 hours)
Rocket propulsion, Solid and Liquid propellant systems, fuels used in rockets, Thrust, thrust power,
propulsion and overall efficiency. Comparison of Jet Propulsion with Rocket propulsion system
Text Books:
1.R.S.Khurmi, A textbook of Thermal Engineering, S.Chand& Company Ltd.
2. R.K.Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Luxmi Publications (P) Ltd.
Recommended Books:
1. DrVasandani and DrD.S.Kumar, Heat Engineering, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi
2. Cohan H. and Rogers, Gas Turbine , Tata McGraw Hill.
3. V Ganesha, Gas Turbines, Tata MacGraw Hill.
4. R. Yadav, Sanjay and Rajay, Applied Thermodynamics, Central Publishing House.
5. K. Soman, Thermal Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
6. Gordon, C. D., Aero-thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion AIAA Education Series.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
210
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-352
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018 FINITE ELEMENTS METHODS L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-353
To make Students to understand the Concept of Finite Element Methods and their
Applications
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand the basic concepts of Finite Element Method (FEM)
2 Solve problems related to stiffness matrix and prismitic bar under axial loading
3 Model the bending of bar and plane truss structure
4 Examine the stress and strain in Plane Trusses, beams and CST elements
5 Evaluate heat transfer rate in steady state conditions and one dimensional pin fin
system
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT I (15 Hrs)
1. INTRODUCTION
What is Finite Element Method (FEM), Examples Areas of Application; General Steps in Finite Element
Analysis; Examples of Finite Element Modeling (5 Hrs)
2. DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD – SPRING ELEMENT
Derivation of the stiffness matrix; Example of a spring assemblage; Assembly of global stiffness matrix;
Types of boundary conditions; The Potential energy approach; Examples (5 Hrs)
3. PRISMATIC BAR UNDER AXIAL LOADING
Introduction; Finite Element Modeling – Element Division; Numbering Scheme; Coordinate and Shape
Functions; 3-4 The Potential Energy Approach; Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector;
Treatment of Boundary Conditions; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)
UNIT II (15 Hrs)
4. BENDING OF BEAMS
211
Introduction; The Potential energy approach; Finite Element Formulation; Element Stiffness Matrix; The
Element Force Vector; Boundary conditions; Shear Force and Bending Moment; Examples.(5 Hrs)
5. PLANE TRUSS STRUCTURE
Introduction; Plane Trusses; Coordinate Transformation – Local & Global Coordinate, The Element
Stiffness Matrix; Stress Calculations; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)
6. PLANE STRESS & STRAIN – CST ELEMENT
Introduction; Finite Element Modeling; Constant Strain Triangle (CST); Isoperimetric Representation;,
Potential Energy Approach - Element Stiffness; Force Terms; 6-6 Stress Calculations; Temperature
Effects; Examples (5 Hrs)
UNIT III (15 Hrs)
7. FINITE ELEMENT MODELING
Rectangular Plate; Plane Stress & Plane Strain Condition; Pipe Under Internal Pressure; Axisymmetric
Condition; Symmetry Consideration (5 Hrs)
8. ONE-DIMENSIONAL STEADY-STATE HEAT TRANSFER
Introduction; One-Dimensional Heat Conduction; The Governing Equation; Boundary Conditions; The
One-Dimensional Element; Functional Approach – The Element Conductivity Matrix and Heat Rate
Vector; Heat Flux Boundary Conditions; Examples. (5 Hrs)
9. ONE-DIMENSIONAL HEAT TRANSFER IN THIN FINS
Introduction; The Governing Equation; The Boundary Conditions; The Convection Matrix and Heat Rate
Vector; Global System of Linear Equations; Example 5 Hrs)
References:
1. T. R. Chandrupatla and A. D. Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements inEngineering”, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997
2. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, PWSPublishing
Company, Boston, 1993
3. K. C. Rockey, H. R. Evan, D. W. Griffiths, and D. A. Nethercot, “The Finite ElementMethod: A Basic
Introduction”, 2nd Edition, William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd., 1983.
4. K. H. Huebner, D. L. Dewhirst, D. E. Smith and T. G. Byron, “The Finite Element Methodfor
Engineers”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2001
5. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,Inc., New
York, 1993.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
212
Category HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-353
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III.
213
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Numerical Methods in Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-354
To understand and apply the basics tools of numerical analysis that can be used to
address analytically intractable problems of engineering.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics concepts of numerical analysis on solution of linear equations and ordinary
differential equations.
2 Solve the problems numerically using different iterative and direct methods.
3 Examine the procedure to solve the different numerical problems
4 Analyze the problems numerically using techniques of integration differentiation.
5 Evaluate the problems using different numerical methods.
Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1
1. Error Analysis: Types of errors, Propagation of errors, Correct and Significant digits (5 Hrs)
2. Solution of System of Linear Equations: Exact methods: LU-decomposition, Gauss-elimination
methods without and with partial pivoting. Iterative methods: Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal methods,
Matrix norm, Condition number. (5Hrs)
3. Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Largest and Smallest eigen values and eigen vectors by power
method
(5Hrs)
Unit-II
4. Roots of Non-linear Equations: Bisection, RegulaFalsi, Newton–Raphson methods, Direct Iterative
method with convergence criterion, Extension of Newton-Raphson and Iterative methods for two
214
variables. (5Hrs)
5. Finite Differences and Divided Differences: Operators, Difference table, Divided differences with
properties. (5Hrs
6. Interpolation: Interpolation Formulae: Newton’s forward, backward, Stirling’s and Bessel’s
formulae Newton’s divided difference and Lagrange’s formulae
(5Hrs)
Unit-III
7. Numerical Differentiation and Integration:Newtons formulae for first and second derivative with
errors. Newton-Cotes formulae, General quadrature formula for equidistant ordinates, Trapezoidal,
Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules with their geometrical interpretations & errors (9Hrs)
8. Numerical solution of Ordinary differential Equation : Picard, Taylor series, Modified-Euler,
Fourth order Runge-Kutta methods (6Hrs)
Text Books:
1 S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods Of Numerical Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. (2007),
ISBN-13: 978-8120327610.
2. B.S. Grewal, Numerical Methods In Engineering & Science With Programs In Fortran 77, C & C++,
KhannaPublishers (2008), ISBN-13: 978-8174091468.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC BS DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
215
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-354
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
Power plant Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal engineering Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-401
To impart the knowledge about various types of power plants and their
components and It will enhance ability to address new problems in the
rapidly changing technological scenario.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Explain the the concepts of power generation utilizing conventional and non-conventional
sources of energy.
2 Apply the principles and methodology of electricity generation in thermal power plants.
3 Classify the various conventional and non conventional power generation methods based
upon technical aspects
4 Distinguish the working and operational features of various components used in different
types power plants
5 Determine the performance of various elements used in different methods of power
generation
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT – I
1. Introduction: Energy sources for generation of electric power, Principles of various types of
power plants-their special features and applications, current status and future scope. (4 hours)
2. Hydro-Electric Power Plants: Classifications, Components and their general layout,
hydroelectric survey, rainfall run-off, hydrograph, flow duration curve, mass curve, storage
capacity, Site selection. (6 hours)
3. Steam Power Plant: Introduction, Developing trends, Essential features, Site Selection, Coal-
its storage, preparation, handling, feeding and burning, Ash handling, dust collection, High
pressure boilers. (6 hours)
216
UNIT – II
4. Diesel and Gas Turbine Power Plants: Field of use, components, Plant layout, Comparison
with stream power plants, Operation of combined steam and gas power plants. (5 hours)
5. Nuclear Power Plant: Nuclear fuels, nuclear energy, Main components of nuclear power
plant, Nuclear reactors-types and applications, Radiation shielding, radioactive waste disposal,
Safety aspects. (5 hours)
6. Non-Conventional Power Generation: Geothermal power plants, Tidal power plants, Wind
power plants, solar power plants, Electricity from city refuge. (5 hours)
UNIT – III
7. Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Thermoelectric conversion system, Thermionic
conversion system, Photo voltaic power system, Fuel Cells, Magneto-hydrodynamic system.
(6 hours)
8. Power Plant Economics: Load curves, Effect of load on power plant design, methods to meet
variable load, prediction of load, cost of electric energy, Selection of types of generation and
generating equipment, Performance and operating characteristics of power plants, Load division
among generators and prime movers. (8hours)
Text Books
1. P.K.Nag, Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
2. Nagpal, Power Plant Engineering,Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
3. Arora, Domkundwar, Power Plant Engineering, DhanpatRai * Sons, New Delhi
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject MEA-401
217
Code
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
HEAT EXCHANGER DESIGN L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-402
The course is intended to build up necessary background for the design of
the various types of heat exchangers. To learn the thermal and stress
analysis on various parts of the heat exchangers
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of heat exchanger for the solution of engineering problems
2 Classify the various types of heat exchangers for different applications
3 Compare the performance of different types of heat exchangers on the basis of
various factors.
4 Determine the output parametrers of heat exchangers as per different situations
5 Select the suitable type of heat exchanger for particular applications
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT – I
1. FUNDAMENTALS OF HEAT EXCHANGER : (7hours) Introduction, Types and application of heat exchanger, Temperature distribution and its implications types
– shell and tube heat exchangers – regenerators and recuperators – analysis of heat exchangers – LMTD
and effectiveness method
2. FLOW AND STRESS ANALYSIS: (8hours) Concept of rating and sizing, Effect of turbulence – friction factor – pressure loss – stress in tubes –
header sheets and pressure vessels – thermal stresses, shear stresses - types of failures.
UNIT – II
3. DESIGN ASPECTS: (8hours) Heat transfer and pressure loss – flow configuration – effect of baffles – effect of deviations from ideality,
design of double pipe, finned tube - shell and tube heat exchangers, simulation of heat exchangers.
4. COMPACT AND PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS: (7hours)
218
Types – merits and demerits – design of compact heat exchangers, performance influencing parameters -
limitations. Double pipe heat exchanger, NTU method
UNIT – III
5. PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS:- (8 hours) Plate configurations, types of flow in plate heat exchanger, steps to plate heat exchanger, design of plate
heat exchangers – performance influencing parameters - limitations.
6. CONDENSERS AND COOLING TOWERS: (7 hours) Heat recovery process in condenser and cooling towers, Applications of condenser and cooling tower in
industry, Design of surface and evaporative condensers – cooling tower – performance characteristics
TEXT BOOK:
1. SadikKakac and Hongtan Liu, Heat Exchangers Selection, Rating and Thermal Design, CRC Press,
2002 REFERENCES 1. Arthur. P Frass, Heat Exchanger Design, John Wiley & Sons, 1988.
2. Taborek.T, Hewitt.G.F and Afgan.N, Heat Exchangers, Theory and Practice, McGraw-Hill Book Co.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-402
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks
219
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
SOLAR ENERGY L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal engineering Total hours = 41
Course Objectives
MEA-403
To understand characteristics of solar radiation, its global distribution, and
conversion methods of solar energy to heat and power.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the terminology and measurement techniques in context of solar radiation
2 Apply the methods of calculation of solar radiation availability at a given location.
3 Analyze the performance of solar energy and its application for heating and cooling
purposes. 4 Evaluate Solar Performance and effect of Solar radiation upon different solar applications
5 Develop the Solar Electric Conversion Systems and their effects on environment.
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-1 1. Solar Radiation: Introduction, solar system – sun, earth and earth-sun angles, time, derived
solar angles, estimation of solar radiation (direct and diffuse) (4 Hr)
2. Effect of Solar radiation upon structures: Steady state heat transmission, solar radiation
properties of surfaces, shading of surfaces, periodic heat transfer through walls and roofs.
Extraterrestrial radiation characteristics, Terrestrial radiation, solar insolation, spectral energy
distribution of solar radiation,l Depletion of solar radiation - Absorption, scattering. Beam
radiation, diffuse and Global radiation. Measurement of solar radiation – Pyrometer,
pyrheliometer, Sunshine recorder (6Hr)
220
3. Solar Collectors: Flat plate and concentrating – comparative study, design and materials,
efficiency, selective coatings, heliostats. (5 Hr)
Unit-2
4.Solar Performance evaluation: Solar time - Local apparent time (LAT), equation of time (E).
Solar radiation geometry -Earth- Sun angles, Solar angles, Calculation of angle of incidence -
Surface facing due south,horizontal, inclined surface and vertical surface, Solar day length, Sun
path diagram – Shadow determination. Estimation of Sunshine hours at different places in India,
Calculationof total solar radiation on horizontal and tilted surfaces, Prediction of solar
radiationavailability (9 Hr)
5. Heating and cooling Applications of Solar Energy: Air and Water heating systems, thermal
storages, solar bonds, solar pumps, solar lighting systems, solar cookers, solar dryingof grains.
Continuous and intermittent vapor absorption systems for cooling applications, absorbent –
refrigerant combination, passive cooling systems (6Hr
Unit-3
6. Solar Electric Conversion Systems: Photo voltaic, solar cells, satellite solar powersystems.
Design of solar PV systems and cost estimation, Socio-economic and environmental, merits of
photovoltaic systems (6Hr)
7. Effects on Environment, economic scenario, ozone layer depletion, green house effect, global
warming, Remedial measures by international bodies. (5 Hr)
Text Books:
1. Solar Energy – S P Sukhatme, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Solar Energy Process – Duffie and Bechman, John Wiley
References:
1. Foster R., Ghassemi M., Cota A., “Solar Energy”, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Duffie J.A., Beckman W.A. “Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes”, 3rd ed., Wiley, 2006.
3. De Vos, A., “Thermodynamics of Solar Energy Conversion”, Wiley-VCH, 2008.
4. Garg H.P., Prakash J., “Solar Energy Fundamentals and Applications”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit I-III I-III I-III
221
mapping
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-403
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks
222
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version
2018
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C
Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Fluid mechanics and Numerical
Methods
Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-404
To Develop an understanding of introductory concepts in computational fluid
mechanics with emphasis on the numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential
equations; solution of ODEs by numerical integration; finite difference and finite
volume methods for parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic PDEs
Course Outcome
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics concepts of computational fluid dynamics for the solution of engineering
problems
2 Classify the various CFD methods on ther basis of different aspects
3 Compare the performance of various methods like numericals methods, finite volume methods
and numerical grid generation.
4 Determine the output parameters using different methods of CFD.
5 Select the suitable method for solution for Complex engineering problem
Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1
1. Basics of computational fluid dynamics (5 Hrs.)
Governing equations of fluid dynamics –Continuity, Momentum and Energy equations – Chemical
species transport – Physical boundary conditions – Time-averaged equations for Turbulent Flow –
Turbulent–Kinetic Energy Equations – Mathematical behavior of PDEs on CFD - Elliptic, Parabolic and
Hyperbolic equations.
2. Classification and Overview of Numerical Methods: (5 Hrs.)
Classification into various types of equation; parabolic elliptic and hyperbolic; boundary and initial
conditions; over view of numerical methods
223
3. Finite difference Method: (5Hrs.)
Derivation of finite difference equations – Simple Methods – General Methods for first and second order
accuracy – solution methods for finite difference equations, Elliptic equations – Iterative solution
Methods, Parabolic equations – Explicit and Implicit schemes, Example problems on elliptic and
parabolic equations.
UNIT -2
4. Finite Volume Method for Diffusion: (7Hrs)
Finite volume formulation for steady state One, Two and Three -dimensional diffusion problems, One
dimensional unsteady heat conduction through Explicit, Crank –Nicolson and fully implicit schemes
5. Finite Volume Method for Convection Diffusion: (8 Hrs.)
Steady one-dimensional convection and diffusion – Central, upwind differencing schemes-properties of
discretization schemes – Conservativeness, Boundedness, Trasnportiveness, Hybrid, Power-law, QUICK
Schemes.
UNIT -3
6. Finite Element Methods: (8Hrs.)
Finite element methods; Rayleigh-Ritz, Galerkin and Least square methods; interpolation functions; one
and two dimensional elements; applications
7. Numerical Grid Generation: (7 Hrs.)
Numerical grid generation; basic ideas; transformation and mapping SIMPLE type methods; fractional
step methods
Text Books: 1. Computational Fluid Dynamics by J. Anderson
2. Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow by Suhas V. Patankar, Taylor & Francis.
Reference books:
1. Ferziger, J. H. and Peric, M. (2003). Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics. Third Edition,
Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
2. Versteeg, H. K. and Malalasekara, W. (2008). Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics:
The Finite Volume Method. Second Edition (Indian Reprint) Pearson Education.
3. Anderson, D.A., Tannehill, J.C. and Pletcher, R.H. (1997). Computational Fluid Mechanics and
Heat Transfer. Taylor & Francis.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
224
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO
5
PO
6
PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1
0
PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit mapping I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA
L
TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject Code MEA-404
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
Operation Research L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-405
To identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of the
real system.
To apply the mathematical tools which are needed to solve optimization problems
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of operation research in engineering applications.
2 Develop the mathematical model from the real world situation.
3 Analyze the different operation research techniques/tools required to solve the engineering problems.
4 Evaluate the mathematical model to attain the optimum solution of the problem
5 Propose the Operation research technique to make effective management/business decisions.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I (15 hrs)
1. Introduction to the operational research & its applications: Introduction to the operational
research & its applications
2. Linear programming: Mathematical formulations of LP Models for product-mix problems;
graphical and simplex method of solving LP problems; sensitivity analysis; duality
3. Transportation problem: Various method of finding Initial basic feasible solution and
optimal cost
UNIT – II (15hrs)
4. Assignment model: Assignment model, Algorithm and its applications
5. Forecasting: Introduction to forecasting, need or advantage of forecasting, forecasting
methods: qualitative and quantitative methods.
225
6. Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and Three
Machines, Two jobs and m Machines Problems
UNIT – III (15Hrs)
7. Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model; Application of Poisson and
Exponential distribution in estimating Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue
model for better service to the customers
8. Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM and
PERT techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of operations
Simulation and its uses in Queuing theory & Materials Management
9. Inventory Control:Inventory Models, Deterministic demand Model, Probabilistic demand
model and Model with risk, Inventory Costs,
Text/Reference Books:
1) Vohra- Quantitative Techniques in Management (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition), 2003.
2)P.K. Gupta and D.S. Hira,Operations Research S. Chand & Co.
3) Kothari- Quantitative Techniques 1996,
4) Akhilesh K B and Balasubramanyam S- Quantitative Techniques
5) J K Sharma- Operations Research (Pearson)
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
3.
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
226
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-405
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018
Internal Combustion Engines L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Basics of Automobile Engineering Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-451
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts & working of
Internal combustion Engines and to solve problems related to engines.
It will enhance ability to address new problems in the rapidly changing
technological scenario.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the operating cycle, air-fuel ratio, combustion phenomenon,
supercharging and performance testing of IC engine 2 Distinguish the constructional features, working principle and performance
characteristics of S.I & C.I engines 3 List down the specification of thermodynamic cycles, different fuels, fuel supply
system and combustion characteristics in SI & C.I engines 4 Analyze the operating cycles, combustion phenomenon and performance testing
of engine 5 Select the engine for particular application under different conditions and
parameters
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I
1. Introduction to IC Engines: (5 hours)
227
Definition of Engine, Heat Engine, Classification, Engine components, Application of IC Engines, Air
Standard Cycle, Carnot Cycle, Otto Cycle, Diesel cycle, Dual Cycle, Thermodynamics Analysis of these
cycles.
2. Actual Working of I.C. Engine: (5 hours) Working of 4 stroke petrol & diesel engines and their valve timing diagram, working of 2-stroke petrol &
diesel engines & their valve timing diagrams, comparison of two stroke & four stroke engines,
Construction and Working Principle of Wankel rotary engine
3. Fuel Air Cycles and their analysis: (5 hours) Introduction to fuel air cycles and their significance, composition of cylinder gases, variable specific heats,
Dissociation, effect of no. of moles, comparison of air standards & fuel air cycles, effect of operating
variable like compression ratio, fuel air ratio, actual cycles and their analysis; Difference between Actual
and Fuel-Air Cycle
UNIT – II
4. IC Engine Fuels: (5 hours) Introduction, types of fuels, solid, liquid and gaseous fuels, chemical structure of petroleum, petroleum
refining process, important qualities of S.I. &C.I.Engine fuels and their rating. Combustion of fuels;
Calorific valves of fuels, combustion equation for hydrocarbon fuels, determination of minimum air
required for combustion, conversions of volumetric analysis of mass analysis.
5. Fuel Supply System: (5 hours) Fuel Supply System and fuel pumps, properties of air fuel mixture, a sample carburetor an its working,
Actual air fuel ratio of single jet carburetor, Mechanical injection systems: classification of injection
systems, injection pump, injection pump governor, mechanical governor, Fuel Injector, Fuel Filters. CRDI system, MPFI system in SI and CI Engines,
6. Combustion in S.I. & C.I. Engines: (5 hours) Stages of Combination in S.I. & C.I. Engines, Flame propagation, factor influencing the flame speed,
ignition lag and factors affecting the lag, Abnormal combustion and knocking, control and measurement
of knock, rating of S.I. Engine fuels and anti-knock agents, combustion chambers of S.I. Engines. UNIT – III
7. Supercharging: (7 hours) Introduction, purpose of supercharging, type of superchargers, performance of superchargers,
Arrangement of Supercharger and its installation, Turbo charged engines, supercharging of S.I. & C.I.
Engines. Limitations of supercharging
8. Performance & Testing of I.C Engine: (8 hours) Measurement of brake horse power, indicated horse power, measurement of speed, air consumption, fuel
consumption, heat carried by cooling water, heat carried by the exhaust gases, heat balance sheet,
governing of I.C. Engines, performance characteristics of I.C. Engines: Performance parameters,
performance maps.
Books:
1. Internal Combustion Engines by V. Ganesan, Prentice Hall of India
2. A Course in Internal Combustion Engines by Damundwar by DhanpathRai&Sons
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
228
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-451
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
Paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks
229
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
Energy Conservation and Management L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-452
The fundamental goal of energy management is to produce goods and to
provide services with the least cost and least environmental effect.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the principle of energy conservation, auditing, energy issues and economic
analysis
2 Classify the various energy conservation techniques, energy auditing systems, energy
issues and economic analysis methods
3 Compare the various types of energy conservation techniques, energy auditing systems,
energy issues, renewable energy resources and economic analysis methods
4 Inspect the problems of energy consumption, energy audit, energy management,
environmental issues and source of continuous power
5 Choose the suitable energy conservation technique considering energy consumption,
auditing and environmental concepts
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-1
230
1. Introduction to energy, Sources of energy, Forms of energy, Energy reserves, renewable Energy
sources, Units of energy and the laws of thermodynamics, Energy consumption Energy database, Energy
demand analysis, Costs of exploration and utilization of delectable resources, energy pricing, National
energy plan. (8hr)
2. Energy audit concepts, Energy audit based on 1st law and 2nd law of thermodynamics, Energy audit
Instruments, Evaluation of energy conserving Opportunities, Economic analysis and life cycle costing.
(7hr)
Unit-2
3. Energy conservation areas, Energy transmission and storage, Plant wide energy Optimization Models,
Data base for energy management, Energy conservation through Controls, Computer aided energy
management, Program organization and methodology. (7hr)
4. Electrical energy conservation in building lighting, heating, ventilating and air Conditioning, Energy
efficient motor, power factor improvement in power systems, Energy audit of Boilers, Turbines,
compressors, Pumps, Heat Exchangers, Use of industrial, wastes (8hr)
Unit-3
5. Energy environment interaction, Environmental issues, Global warning, Carbon dioxide Emissions,
Depletion of ozone layer, Government's regulations, Energy economy Interaction (7hr)
6. Sources of continuous power; wind and water; geothermal; tidal and solar power; MHD,fuel cells;
hydrogen as fuel. Cost analysis; capacity; production rate; system rate; system cost analysis; production
analysis and production using fuelinventories; input-output analysis; economics; tariffs.
(8hr)
Text Books:
1. Energy Management and condevtion, by Clive Beggs, Butterwoth- Heinemann Elsevier Science.
2. Optimizing Energy Efficiency in the Industry, By Rajan, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
References:
1.Krentz, J. H., Energy Conservation and Utilisation, Allyn and Bacur Inc., 1976.
2.Gramlay, G. M., Energy, Macmillan Publishing Co., New York, 1975.
3. Rused, C. K., Elements of Energy Conservation, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1985.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
231
Subject
Code MEA-452
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
Paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY
RESOURCES
L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-453
To introduce the student about solar energy its radiation, collection, storage and
application.
It also introduces the Wind energy, Biomass energy, Geothermal energy and ocean
energy as alternative energy sources.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of various non conventional enery resources for the solution of
engineering problems
2 Categorize the various types of non conventional energy resources on the basis of
different factors
3 Distinguish the different types of solar cells, geothermal energy systems, MHD,
thermo-electric conversion, wind, tidal and bio mass energy systems
4 Inspect the performance characteristics of different types of non conventional
energy resources
5 Choose the suitable type of non conventional energy technique for particular
application
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-1 1. Introduction: Various non-conventional energy resources- Introduction, availability, classification,
relative merits and demerits, energy consumption as a measure of Nation's development; strategy for
meeting the future energy requirements (4 Hr)
232
2. Solar Cells: Theory of solar cells. Solar cell materials, solar cell power plant, limitations. Solar
radiation flat plate collectors and their materials, applications and performance, focusing of collectors and
their materials, applications and performance; solar thermal power plants, thermal energy storage for solar
heating and cooling, limitations. (7 Hr)
3. Geothermal Energy: Resources of geothermal energy, thermodynamics of geo-thermal energy
conversion-electrical conversion, non-electrical conversion, types, constructional features and associated
prime movers, environmental considerations. (4 Hr)
Unit-2
4. Magneto-hydrodynamics (MHD) and Fuel cells: Principle of working of MHD Power plant,
performance and limitations. Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working,
performance and limitations (7Hr)
5. Thermo-electrical and thermionic Conversions: Thermo-electric effects and materials; thermo-
electric devices and types of thermo-electric generators; thermo-electric refrigeration. Thermionic
generators: thermionic emission and materials; working principle of thermionic convertors
(8Hr)
Unit-3
6.Wind Energy: Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion
systems; wind mill components, various types and their constructional features; design considerations of
horizontal and vertical axis wind machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill blades
and estimation of power output; wind data and site selection considerations (7Hr)
7.Tidal and wave energy: Basic principles and components of tidal and wave energy plants; single basin
and double basin tidal power plants; conversion devices (3Hr)
8.Bio Mass-Bio-mass: Concept of bio-mass conversion, photo-synthesis and bio-gasification; Bio gas
generators and plants - their types constructional features and functioning, digesters and their design; Fuel
properties of bio gas and community bio gas plants (5 Hr)
Text Books:
1. Solar Energy: Fundamentals and Applications by H.P. Garg& Jai Prakash, TataMcGraw Hill
2. Soar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage by SP Sukhatme, TataMcGraw Hill
Reference books:
1. Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes by Duffic and Beckman, John Wiley
2. Energy Conversion by Chang; Prentice Hall
3. Direct Energy Conversion by Soo; Prentice Hall
4. Fuel Cells by Bockris and Srinivasan; McGraw Hill
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I- III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
233
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEA-453
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEA-454
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of safety at
work place & basics of work place requirements.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety
perspective at work place.
2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,
vibration and maintenance of environmatal standards
3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration
and maintenance of environmatal standards
4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning,
noise, vibration and environmental hazards
5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating,
ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-I
1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work
environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention
of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and
analysis (5 hours)
2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of
plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)
234
3. Safety measures: Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and
productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)
Unit-II
4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental
factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and
mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for
improved efficiency and accuracy at work (7 hours)
5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal
environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,
efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning
Process ventilation, Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.
Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)
Unit-III
6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and
safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,
Recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards
relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)
7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement
and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques, Silencers vibrations: Effect,
measurement and control measures (6 hours)
8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative
industries. (2 hours)
BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold
2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill
3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley
4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill
5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject MEA-454
235
Code
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
2. DESIGN
236
GROUP
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Vibrations, Noise and Harshness L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-351
To familiarize the students with the sources of vibration and concept of damping and to
make design modifications to reduce the vibration and noise and improve the life of the
components.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Explain the fundamentals of mechanical vibrations
2 Solve the problems related to various types of vibration system
3 Examine the concepts of Vibration control and its application
4 Determine the Mechanical Vibration in engineering designs
5 Compare the tools used for Vibration control for controlling noise and harshness.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – 1
1. Fundamentals of Vibrations (6hrs)
Importance and scope, Definition and terminology, Representation of harmonic motions: vector
and complex methods, Introduction to various types of vibrations and types of excitation,
Methods of vibration analysis, D’Alemberts Principle and applications
2. Single Degree of Freedom System (9 hrs)
237
Energy method, Rayleigh method, simple applications of these methods, Equivalent spring
stiffness, Torsional vibrations, Damping models (viscous damping, structural damping, and
coulomb damping), Over-damped case, critically damped case, under-damped system,
Logarithmic decrement.
UNIT – 2
3. Single Degree of Freedom System-Forced Vibrations (4 hrs)
Solution for simple harmonic excitation, Steady state vibrations, Base excitation, Vibration
isolation and transmissibility, Vibration measuring instruments, Whirling of shaft without
friction.
4. Two Degree of Freedom Systems (5 hrs)
Undamped Vibrations and applications
Normal modes vibrations, natural frequencies, Mode shapes, forced harmonic vibrations,
Torsional vibrations of two rotor systems.Dynamic vibration absorber, Centrifugal pendulum
absorber, Torsional vibration absorber, Un-tuned vibration damper
5. Multi-Degree of Freedom Systems: (6 hrs)
Undamped free vibrations, Influence coefficients, Generalised coordinates, Orthogonality
principal, Matrix alteration methods, Rayleigh and Dunkerley, Holzer's , stodola method, Eigen
values &eigen vectors.
UNIT – 3
6. Continuous Systems: (8hrs)
Free vibration of the following for various end conditions: Vibration of a string, longitudinal
vibrations of bar, Transverse vibration of beam, Torsional vibrations of circular shaft.
7. Noise and Harshness (7 hrs)
Basics of noise, Introduction, Physiological effects, amplitude, frequency, wavelength, Pressure level,
noise dose level,Measurement and analysis of noise, Methods for control of noise - Mechanical noise -
Sound enclosures, Acoustic barriers, Noise and Loudness, Hearing Mechanism, Weighted Networks,
Noise standards, introduction to harshness.
Books
1. Mechanical Vibrations by GK Grover, Nem Chand and Bros., Roorkee.
2. Mechancial Vibrations by KK Pujara, DhanpatRai and Sons, Delhi.
3. Mechanical Vibrations by V.P.Singh, DhanpatRai and Co.(P) Ltd., Delhi.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
238
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-351
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
FRACTURE MECHANICS L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Mechanics of Solids Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-352
To understand the theory of elasticity and plasticity, Fracture mechanism
and methods of energy intensity methods
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the Principles of theory of elasticity, plasticity, Griffith theory of
fracture and fracture evaluating methods 2 Solve problems related to Transient Vibrations, Griffith theory of fracture,
Torsional oscillations of a circular shaft, Numerical Methods, Finite Elements
(FE) and Finite Differences (FD) 3 Classify the various fracture mechanius techniques on different approaches
4 Examine the problems on the different theories of fracture mechanics
5 Select the suitable theory of fracture of the analysis of particular component
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT- I 1. Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity
Notion of stress, Principal Stresses and Principal Coordinates, Maximum Shearing Stress,
Hydrostatic and Deviatoric Stress Tensors, Equilibrium Equations and BoundaryConditions(8 hrs)
2. Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity (Continued)
239
Notion of Strain, Compatibility Equations, Generalized Hoke’s Law, General Formulation of Elastic
Problem, Principle of Superposition, Strain Energy, The Plane Problem of Elasticity, Tresca’s and
von-Mises’ Yield Criteria (7 hrs)
UNIT - II 3. Griffith’s Fracture Criterion – the Energy Balance Approach
Irwin’s Fracture Criterion – the Stress Approach, Methods for Evaluating Stress Intensity Factors,
Analytical Solutions, Exact Solutions, (7hrs)
4. Fracture Evaluating Methods:Energy Approach, Green’s Function, Schwartz Alternating
Method, Semi-Analytical Solutions, Collocations, Conformal Mapping (8hrs)
UNIT-III 5. Methods for Evaluating Stress Intensity Factors
Numerical Methods, Finite Elements (FE), Finite Differences (FD), Boundary Integral
Equations(BIE),
(8 hrs)
6. Experimental Methods: Compliance Method, Photo elasticity, Interferometry and Holography
(7hrs)
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-352
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
240
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
at least one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018 FINITE ELEMENTS METHODS L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal Engineering Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-353
To Prepare the students to understand the Concept of Finite Element Methods And
Their Applications in real life situations of mechanical engineering design.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand the basic concepts of Finite Element Method (FEM)
2 Solve problems related to stiffness matrix and prismitic bar under axial loading
3 Model the bending of bar and plane truss structure
4 Examine the stress and strain in Plane Trusses.
5 Evaluate heat transfer rate in steady state conditions and one dimensional pin fin
system
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT I (15 Hrs)
1. INTRODUCTION
What is Finite Element Method (FEM), Examples Areas of Application; General Steps in Finite Element
Analysis; Examples of Finite Element Modeling (5 Hrs)
2. DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD – SPRING ELEMENT
Derivation of the stiffness matrix; Example of a spring assemblage; Assembly of global stiffness matrix;
Types of boundary conditions; The Potential energy approach; Examples (5 Hrs)
241
3. PRISMATIC BAR UNDER AXIAL LOADING
Introduction; Finite Element Modeling – Element Division; Numbering Scheme; Coordinate and Shape
Functions; 3-4 The Potential Energy Approach; Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector;
Treatment of Boundary Conditions; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)
UNIT II (15 Hrs)
4. BENDING OF BEAMS
Introduction; The Potential energy approach; Finite Element Formulation; Element Stiffness Matrix; The
Element Force Vector; Boundary conditions; Shear Force and Bending Moment; Examples.(5 Hrs)
5. PLANE TRUSS STRUCTURE
Introduction; Plane Trusses; Coordinate Transformation – Local & Global Coordinate, The Element
Stiffness Matrix; Stress Calculations; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)
6. PLANE STRESS & STRAIN – CST ELEMENT
Introduction; Finite Element Modeling; Constant Strain Triangle (CST); Isoperimetric Representation;,
Potential Energy Approach - Element Stiffness; Force Terms; 6-6 Stress Calculations; Temperature
Effects; Examples (5 Hrs)
UNIT III (15 Hrs)
7. FINITE ELEMENT MODELING
Rectangular Plate; Plane Stress & Plane Strain Condition; Pipe Under Internal Pressure; Axisymmetric
Condition; Symmetry Consideration (5 Hrs)
8. ONE-DIMENSIONAL STEADY-STATE HEAT TRANSFER
Introduction; One-Dimensional Heat Conduction; The Governing Equation; Boundary Conditions; The
One-Dimensional Element; Functional Approach – The Element Conductivity Matrix and Heat Rate
Vector; Heat Flux Boundary Conditions; Examples. (5 Hrs)
9. ONE-DIMENSIONAL HEAT TRANSFER IN THIN FINS
Introduction; The Governing Equation; The Boundary Conditions; The Convection Matrix and Heat Rate
Vector; Global System of Linear Equations; Example 5 Hrs)
References:
1. T. R. Chandrupatla and A. D. Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements inEngineering”, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997
2. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, PWSPublishing
Company, Boston, 1993
3. K. C. Rockey, H. R. Evan, D. W. Griffiths, and D. A. Nethercot, “The Finite ElementMethod: A Basic
Introduction”, 2nd Edition, William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd., 1983.
4. K. H. Huebner, D. L. Dewhirst, D. E. Smith and T. G. Byron, “The Finite Element Methodfor
Engineers”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2001
5. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,Inc., New
York, 1993.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
242
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-353
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III
243
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version
2018
Numerical Methods in Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-354
To understand and apply the basics tools of numerical analysis that can be used to
address analytically intractable problems of engineering.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics concepts of numerical analysis on solution of linear equations and ordinary
differential equations.
2 Solve the problems numerically using different iterative and direct methods.
3 Examine the procedure to solve the different numerical problems
4 Analyze the problems numerically using techniques of integration differentiation.
5 Evaluate the problems using different numerical methods.
Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1
Error Analysis: Types of errors, Propagation of errors, Correct and Significant digits (5 Hrs)
Solution of System of Linear Equations: Exact methods: LU-decomposition, Gauss-elimination
methods without and with partial pivoting. Iterative methods: Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal methods,
Matrix norm, Condition number. (5Hrs)
Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Largest and Smallest eigen values and eigen vectors by power method
244
(5Hrs)
Unit-II
Roots of Non-linear Equations: Bisection, RegulaFalsi, Newton–Raphson methods, Direct Iterative
method with convergence criterion, Extension of Newton-Raphson and Iterative methods for two
variables. (5Hrs)
Finite Differences and Divided Differences: Operators, Difference table, Divided differences with
properties. (5Hrs
Interpolation: Interpolation Formulae: Newton’s forward, backward, Stirling’s and Bessel’s formulae
Newton’s divided difference and Lagrange’s formulae (5Hrs)
Unit-III
Numerical Differentiation and Integration:Newtons formulae for first and second derivative with
errors. Newton-Cotes formulae, General quadrature formula for equidistant ordinates, Trapezoidal,
Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules with their geometrical interpretations & errors (9Hrs)
Numerical solution of Ordinary differential Equation : Picard, Taylor series, Modified-Euler, Fourth
order Runge-Kutta methods (6Hrs)
Text Books:
1 S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods Of Numerical Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. (2007),
ISBN-13: 978-8120327610.
2. B.S. Grewal, Numerical Methods In Engineering & Science With Programs In Fortran 77, C & C++,
KhannaPublishers (2008), ISBN-13: 978-8174091468.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
UC BS DC DE UO MNG
245
Category HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-354
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
TRIBOLOGY L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-401
1. To introduce tribology as an important design consideration that affects the
performance of engine and automotive elements.
2. To learn different types, modeling and performance considerations in
bearing.
3. To introduce concepts in friction and wear phenomena.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of tribology for analysis of engineering surfaces
2 List the various types of surface modification techniques, friction and wear
phenomenon, lubricant, its regimes and types of lubrication systms
3 Compare the various types of surface modification techniques, friction and wear
phenomenon, lubricant, its regimes and types of lubrication systms
4 Analyze the problems related to friction, wear and lubrication in different systems
5 Choose the suitable lubrication system for particular application under different
conditions
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-I (15hrs)
246
1. Engineering Surfaces: Topography of Engineering Surfaces – Surface parameters- Geometric –
Statistical parameters – Measurements - Surface contact - Types of contact – Hert’z theory of elastic
contact.
2. Surface modification - Transformation hardening - Thermo-chemical process - Laser - Electron
beams and Plasma treatment
Unit-II (15hrs)
3. Friction and wear: Friction – Laws of friction - Stick-slip phenomenon- Friction characteristics of
metals and non-metals - Adhesion and Ploughing theory of friction- Measurement of friction. Wear -
Wear mechanisms – Interfacial wear and Chemical wear-Wear measurements-Ferrograpghy and oil
analysis.
4. Lubricants and Lubrication regimes: Types of Lubricants - Physical Properties – Viscosity,
Viscosity Index - Testing principles - Lubricant additives. Lubrcation regimes- Lamda ratio –
Hydrodynamic – Elastohydrodynamic - Hydrostatic - Boundary and Solid lubrication
Unit-III (15hrs)
5. Hydrodynamic Lubrication: Fluid film in simple shear – Mechanism of pressure development in
a convergent film– Pressure induced and velocity induced flows- Reynolds equation for fluid film
lubrication – Long bearing and short bearing approximations- Load carrying capacity - Sommerfield
Number – Friction -Thermal equilibrium
6. Materials and Applications: Materials for rolling element bearings - Fluid film bearings - Dry
bearings. Technological Applications of tribology - Automotive Tribology
Text Book: 1. Prasanta Sahoo, (2009) Engineering Tribology, PHI Learning Private Limited.
Reference: 1. Bowden, F.P. & Tabor, D.,(2001) Friction and Lubrication of solids, Oxford University press.
2. Neale, M.J., Tribology ,(1999), Hand Book, Butterworth.
3. Fuller D.D., (1999),Theory and practice of Lubrication for engineers, John Wiley sons.
4. Bharat Bhushan, (2002), Introduction to tribology, John Wiley and Sons.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
247
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC BS DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-401
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-402
To impart knowledge about stresses in cylindrical, spherical vessels, Theory of
rectangular plates, Pressure vessel materials in different environment.
To Prepare the student to evaluate the Stress concentrations in a cylindrical vessel
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Identify the various materials, methods and design methodologies of pressure
vessels. 2 Classify the different types of preesure vessels, stresses induced, materials, working
environments and design features. 3 Examine the behavior of pressure vessel under different materials, theories and
design condiderations 4 Evaluate the impact of stresses induced in pressure vessels considering different
geometries, methodologies, loading conditions and design features. 5 Select the suitable type of pressure for particular applications
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT – I
1. Introduction, Materials- shapes of Vessels –stresses in cylindrical spherical and arbitrary, shaped
shells. Cylindrical Vessels subjected to internal pressure, wind load bending and torque-ilation of pressure
vessels –conical and tetrahedral vessels. Theory of thick cylinders; Shrink fit stresses in built up cylinders,
auto freltage of thick cylinders Thermal stresses in Pressure Vessels. (8 hrs)
248
2. Theory of rectangular plates: Pure bending – different edge conditions. Theory circular plates:
Simple support and clamped ends subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads-stresses from
local loads. Design of dome bends, shell connections, flat heads and cone openings. (7hrs)
UNIT – II
3. Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels: Introduction beam on an elastic foundation, infinitely long
beam semi infinite beam, cylindrical vessel under axially symmetrical loading, extent and significance of
load deformations on pressure vessels, discontinuity stresses in vessels, stresses in a bimetallic joints,
deformation and stresses in flanges. (7hrs)
4. Pressure vessel materials and their environment: Introduction ductile material tensile tests, structure
and strength of steel Leuder’s lines determination of stress patterns from plastic flow observations,
behavior of steel beyond the yield point, effect of cold work or strain hardening on the physical properties
of pressure vessel steels fracture types in tension. Toughness of materials, effect of neutron irradiation of
steels, fatigue of metals, fatigue erack growth fatigue life prediction cumulative fatigue damage stress
theory of failure of vessels subject to steady state and fatigue conditions. (8 hrs)
Unit-III
5. Stress concentrations: Influence of surface effects on fatigue, effect of the environment and other
factors on fatigue life thermal stress fatigue creep and rupture of metals at elevated temperatures,
hydrogen embitterment of pressure vessel steels brittle fracture effect of environment on fracture
toughness, fracture toughness relationships criteria for design with defects, significance of fracture
mechanics evaluations, effect of warm pre stressing on the ambient temperature toughness of pressure
vessel steels. (8 hrs)
6. Design features: Localized stresses and their significance, stress concentration at a variable thickness
transition section in a cylindrical vessel, stress concentration about a circular hole in a plate subject to
tension, elliptical openings, stress concentration, stress concentration factors for position , dynamic and
thermal transient conditions, theory of reinforced openings and reinforcement, placement and shape
fatigue and stress concentration. (7hrs)
Books
• J. Spence, "Pressure Vessel Design: Concepts and principles" Taylor & Francis
• Pressure Vessel Design Manual, Fourth Edition: Dennis R. Moss, Michael M.
• Pressure Vessel and Stacks Field Repair Manual, 1st Edition
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage) Question Paper will consist of ten
questions. Section A of question paper is compulsory; containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks) Set three questions from each unit I, II and III.
Students will attempt 5 questions selecting at least one question from sections B, C & D. Each question
carries 10 marks. Questions of Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and
Questions of section D from unit III.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
249
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-402
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
Machine Tool Design L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Machining Processes Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-403
To impart knowledge regarding various types of dies like blanking, punching, forming,
bending and also to have focus on fixture, molding and gauge design
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the basics concepts to design the different types of dies, fixtures, gauges
and advanced measurement systems 2 Classify the different types of dies, fixtures, gauges and CMM system
3 Examine the characteristics of various types of dies, fixtures, gauges and
coordinate measuring machine 4 Explain the construction, working principle and forces developed in types of dies
and fixtures along with applications of gauges and CMM 5 Select the suitable type of die, fixture, gauge and measurement system for
particular application
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT- I 1. Design of Sheet Metal, Blanking and Piercing Dies
Introduction, Fundamentals of die cutting operations, General Press information
types,Cuttingaction in punch and die operations, types of die construction, die clearances, sheet
metal material handling and feeding devices. (8hrs)
250
2. Fundamentals of die design
Introduction, Press work materials and selection criteria, Blanking and piercing dieconstruction,
pilots, strippers and pressure pads, short run tooling for piercing, strip layout and design,
calculations for sheet optimization. (7hrs)
UNIT- II 3. Bending, Forming and drawing die design
Introduction of bending, forming dies, Bending and forming die design, Calculation ofvarious
parameters as per ASTME, effect of various process parameters during drawing,Drawing force
and related parameter calculation as per ASTME, blank size calculations (7hrs)
4. Design of Fixtures for Fabrication, Assembly and Inspection
Introduction, significance of fixtures in fabrication, Assembly and inspection, Types
andclassification, Materials used for above applications, design considerations, calculation of
clamping force, various approaches used in design of fixtures for above applications (8hrs)
.
UNIT-III
5. Development of injection moulding: Introduction, types of dies, die design considerations,
calculation of importantparameters, material properties of injection moulding materials (5 hrs)
6. Gauge and Gauge Design: Introduction, requirement of a gauge, Types of gauges, Gauge
tolerances, Selection ofmaterial for gauges, indicating gauges and automatic gauges, design of
simple gauges like snap gauge, plug gauge and thread gauge (5 hrs)
7 CMM: Construction, working, features, software interface, elaboration of capabilities for
various measurement requirement, Use of CMM in reverse engineering, generation of drawing
details from the existing component. (5 hrs)
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Tool Design – Cyrill Donaldson, G.H LeCain, V.C. Goold, Tata McGraw Hill Publi.
2. Jigs & Fixtures- Kempster ,ELBS.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
√
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
251
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-403
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018
EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal Engineering Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-404
1. To Prepare the students to learn about the Principles of measurements.
2. To learn and apply the different experimental techniques such as Moire
techniques, brittle coating methods and holography, Photo elasticity etc.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the basic concepts of measurement using extensometer, strain gauge,
photoelasticity, NDT and visual inspection 2 Utilize the various measurement techniques such as extensometer, strain
gauge, photoelasticity, NDT and visual inspection 3 List the principle, operational features and applications of different
measurement systems 4 Explain the construction, working procedure and factor affecting the
performance of various measurement and inspection systems 5 Select the suitable measurement system for particular application
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-1
1. MEASUREMENTS & EXTENSOMETER
Principles of measurements, Accuracy, Sensitivity and range of measurements, Mechanical,
Optical, Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses, Advantages and disadvantages (7hrs)
252
2. ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES
Principle of operation and requirements, Types and their uses, Materials for strain gauge, Calibration and
temperature compensation, cross sensitivity, Rosette analysis, Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer
circuits for static and dynamic strain measurements, strain indicators (8hrs)
UNIT- 2
3. PHOTOELASTICITY
Two dimensional Photo elasticity, Concept of light – Photo elastic effects, stress optic law, Interpretation
of fringe pattern, Compensation and separation techniques, Photo elastic materials (9hrs)
4. BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODS
Introduction to Moire techniques, brittle coating methods and holography (6hrs)
UNIT -3
5. NON – DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
Motivation, Background, Limitations of NDT, difference between Destructive Testing and Non –
Destructive Testing (2hrs)
6. Surface Methods
Visual Inspection - Physical Principles, Methodology, Limitations, Applications, Liquid Penetrant
Testing - Physical Principles, Methodology, Limitations, Applications, Magnetic Particle Inspection -
Physical Principles, Methodology, Limitations, Applications (6 hrs)
7. Volumetric Methods
Electro-Magnetic Methods - Magnetic Flux Leakage, Eddy Current, Low Frequency Eddy Current,
Acoustical Methods - Ultrasonic NDT principles, Different types of wave modes, Radiographic Methods
- Principles of X-ray NDT, Equipment, Calibration, Image Collection. (7 hrs)
Text Books 1. Srinath, L.S., Raghava, M.R., Lingaiah, K., Garagesha, G., Pant B., and Ramachandra, K., “Experimental
Stress Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1984.
References Books 1. Dally, J.W., and Riley, W.F., “Experimental Stress Analysis”, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 2005, IV
edition.
2. Hetyenyi, M., “Hand book of Experimental Stress Analysis”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 1972.
3. Pollock A.A., “Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progress”, Ed. Stephens R.W.B., Chapman
and Hall, 1993
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
253
Subject
Code MEB-404
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
at least one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III
254
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version
2018
Operation Research L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-405
To identify and develop operational research models from the verbal
description of the real system.
To apply the mathematical tools which are needed to solve optimization
problems
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basic concepts of operation research in engineering applications.
2 Develop the mathematical model from the real world situation.
3 Analyze the different operation research techniques/tools required to solve the engineering
problems.
4 Evaluate the mathematical model to attain the optimum solution of the problem
5 Propose the Operation research technique to make effective management/business decisions.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I (15 hrs)
1. Introduction to the operational research & its applications: Introduction to the operational
research & its applications
2. Linear programming: Mathematical formulations of LP Models for product-mix problems;
graphical and simplex method of solving LP problems; sensitivity analysis; duality
3. Transportation problem: Various method of finding Initial basic feasible solution and
optimal cost
255
UNIT – II (15hrs)
4. Assignment model: Assignment model, Algorithm and its applications
5. Forecasting: Introduction to forecasting, need or advantage of forecasting, forecasting
methods: qualitative and quantitative methods.
6. Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and Three
Machines, Two jobs and m Machines Problems
UNIT – III (15Hrs)
7. Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model; Application of Poisson and
Exponential distribution in estimating Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue
model for better service to the customers
8. Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM and
PERT techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of operations
Simulation and its uses in Queuing theory & Materials Management
9. Inventory Control:Inventory Models, Deterministic demand Model, Probabilistic demand
model and Model with risk, Inventory Costs,
Text/Reference Books:
1) Vohra- Quantitative Techniques in Management (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition), 2003.
2)P.K. Gupta and D.S. Hira,Operations Research S. Chand & Co.
3) Kothari- Quantitative Techniques 1996,
4) Akhilesh K B and Balasubramanyam S- Quantitative Techniques
5) J K Sharma- Operations Research (Pearson)
Teaching –Learning Process
4. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
5. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
6.
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
256
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-405
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme Version
2018
Product Design and development L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-451
To prepare the students to Understand and apply the Concept Of Product design and
development in real industrial environment
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Identify the various aspects of product design, manufacturing and it's development.
2 Solve problems related to product life cycle applying all principles.
3 Choose the appropriate methods of design, manufacturing and assembly of product
4 Analyse the product design and development processes in manufacturing industry.
5 Examine the different methodologies for product design, development and its value
management.
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT I
1. INTRODUCTION
Importance of product design and development in industry, Principal requirements of good product design,
Factors and considerations affecting product design. Quality concept, Ergonomic factor in product design,
257
Product design methodology and techniques, Basic elements and concepts of visual design, Product
Design process (7Hrs)
2. PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE
Product Data and Product Workflow, Company’s PLM vision, The PLM Strategy, Principles for PLM
strategy, Preparing for the PLM strategy, Developing a PLM strategy, Strategy identification and
selection, Change Management for PLM (8Hrs)
UNIT II
3. DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING & ASSEMBLY
Methods of designing for Manufacturing & Assembly, Designs for Maintainability, Designs for
Environment, Product costing, Legal factors and social issues. Engineering ethics and issues of society
related to design of products development. (8Hrs)
4. MATERIALS, FORMS, FUNCTION AND COLOR RELATIONSHIPS. Product graphics,
product development and testing Packaging materials their characteristics and applications, Packaging
design considerations (7Hrs)
UNIT III
5. VALUE ENGINERING
Value Engineering / Value Analysis, Techniques Brain Storming concept, advantage and applications,
types of values, Design for value, Analysis of function, using and evaluating functions, Value
engineering techniques, Value control, Methodology, , Economic analysis, Case studies (8Hrs)
6. CONCURRENT ENGG:Concurrent Engg, Rapid prototyping , Tools for product design – Drafting /
Modelling software, CAM Interface, Patents -An Overview. (7Hrs)
References:
1 Industrial Design MayallMcGruw Hill
2 Product Design &Niebel &McGraw Hill
3 Process Engineering Draper
4. Introduction to Design Asimov Prentice Hall
5. Value Engineering MudgeMcGraw Hill
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
258
Subject
Code MEB-451
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
QUALITY CONTROL & ASSURANCE L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-452
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of quality and
its role in enhancing the productivity of an enterprise using different quality
tools. Course Outcome
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the concept of quality control and quality costs.
2 Make use of sampling techniques & total quality management methods.
3 Examine the reliability improvement & ISO 9000 series implementation procedure.
4 Determine quality control and costs using basic statistical concepts
5 Discuss the total quality management techniques, reliability improvements and ISO
9000 series.
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT-I
1. Basic Concept Quality Costs: Fitness for Use, Quality Characteristics, Parameters of Fitness for use,
Definition of quality and its meaning and importance in industry, Control and Quality control, Quality
Tasks, Quality functions, The system Concept, Quality systems, quality assurance and ISO 9000 quality
system standards, Quality costs concept, Quality cost categories, Examples of Quality cost studies,
Securing the Cost figures, Pareto Analysis, Cost reduction Programs and economics of quality (7 hours)
259
2. Control charts: Statistical Tools in Quality control, The concept of variation, Tabular Summarization
of Data, Frequency distribution, Graphical Summarization of Data: The Histogram, Quantitative methods
of summarizing data: Numerical Indices, Probability distributions, General, The normal Probability
distribution, Normal curve and Histogram Analysis, The causes of variation, statistical aspect of Control
charting, specification and tolerances, natural tolerance limits, specification limits, process capability ratio
analysis and narrow limit gauging (8hours)
Unit-II
3. Basic Statistical Concepts: Descriptions of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution with practical
examples basics of sampling distribution. Acceptance Sampling: Principle of acceptance sampling,
Acceptance sampling by attributes: single multiple and sequential sampling plans, lot quality protection
and average outgoing quality protection, Acceptance sampling by variables sampling plans of process
parameters, (7 hours)
4. Total quality Management: Basic concepts of TQM, historical review, leadership, concepts, role of
senior management, quality statements, plans for process parameters, Modern Quality Management
Techniques: TQM tools: Benchmarking, QFD, Taguchi quality loss function TPM, FMEA (8 hours)
Unit-III
5. Lean Manufacturing: Introduction, continuous improvement techniques, cause and effect diagrams,
scatter diagram, run charts, affinity diagrams, inter-relationship diagram, process decision program
(6 hours) 6. Quality and Reliability
Reliability improvements – techniques- use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit
and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product
development – Product life cycles. (6 hours)
7. Quality Certification: Quality Assurance, ISO 9000 Series Concepts and Procedure (3 hours)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Quality planning and Analysis, Juran and Gryna, TMH, New Delhi
2. Quality Management, Kanishka Bed, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
3. Introduction to SQC, Montgomery DC, 3e, Wiley, New Delhi
4. Fundamentals of quality control and improvement, A Mitra, Mcmillan pub. Company, NY
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Gupta and Kapoor, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
Course to Program outcome Relationship
260
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-452
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Introduction to Biomechanical Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Material Technology and Basics of
Biology
Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-453
To understand the concept of Bio-Materials, their Structure and properties
To be able to understand the concept of Bio- Mechanics, its principle and application
To understand principle, construction and working of Bio- Instrumentation
Course Outcome
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the concepts of bio-materials, bio mechanics, bio kinetics, bio
instrumentation and its applications
2 Identify the various bio materials, their structure, properties, mechanics and the
applications of bio instrumentations
3 Categorize the different types of bio-materials, bio mechanics, linear kinetics, bio-
instrumentation and its application
4 Explain the structure, properties,construction, working principle and application of bio
materials and its mechanics in different situations
5 Choose the suitable bio-material for particular application considering various aspects
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-1
1. Bio Materials (7hrs)
Biomaterials - Metals/alloys, polymers, ceramics, shape-memory alloys, composites and functionally
graded materials. Introduction to the use of implants, Smart materials and basics of MEMS
261
2. Structure and Properties of Materials: (8hrs)
Structure and properties of materials used as implants polymers, ceramics, metal, shape memory alloy,
and composites; biological response to implants, cellular response to foreign materials, criteria for
selecting implants both for soft tissue and hard tissue, polymers used as vascular prosthesis, contact lens
and reconstructive surgery materials, Polymeric materials for drug delivery systems, active and passive
targeting, applications of intelligent materials.
Unit-2
3. Bio-Mechanics (5hrs)
Basic Principles, Biomechanics of human movement, Mechanic, Basic Units - Force-Time,
fundamentals Principle ofBiomechanics and its application, Inertia, Range of Motion, Force-Motion,
Segmental Interaction, Balance, Coordination and continuum Principle, Projection & Spin, Basics of
mechanism of fracture
4. Linear Kinetics (5hrs)
Bio Mechanics of Bone, Passive Muscle, Ligaments, Stretch-Shortening Cycle, Angular Velocity,
Angular Acceleration, Laws of Kinetic, Newton's Laws of Motion, Contact Forces, Impulse–Momentum
Relationship, Torque, Force–Time Principle, Work–Energy Relationship, Equilibrium, Centre of mass,
Centroid, Center of Gravity and Moment of inertia of I,E,H,L,T sections, Principle of Balance
5. Applications of Biomechanics in Qualitative: (5hrs)
Force analysis of Joints at various kinetic states - Spine (running, climbing, stairs, running downhill etc),
Knee (squatting, jumping, climbing stairs, kickingsoccer), shoulder (abduction, adduction, bowling,
smashing - racquet sports), (tennis, golf) and Hip (during fall, running). Qualitative Analysis of Kicking
Technique, Batting, Exercise/Activity Prescription and Qualitative Analysis of Catching
Unit-3
6. Bio-fluid Mechanics: (5hrs)
Bio-fluid Mechanics: Types of Fluids, Properties of Fluids, Fluid Forces, Buoyancy, Drag, Lift, The
Magnus Effect, and Principle of Spin, pressure, flow and velocity measurement of fluids
7. Instrumentation: (7hrs)
Overview and significance of biomechanics to lead a better life, Measurements and instrumentation
principles, Fundamentals of transducers and sensors, their sensitivity, specificity, linearity and
transduction system analysis
8. Bio-Sensors: (8hrs)
Introduction, transduction principles used in biosensors viz. electrical, optical, microchip sensors and
Surface acoustic wave devices and transducers and related technology, Demonstrations - Characterization
fractures & ruptures non-invasive analysis (MRI, CT scan).
262
TEXT BOOKS:
Fundamentals of Bio Mechanics, “Duane Knudeson, Springer
1. NihatÖzkaya , “Fundamentals of Biomechanics Equilibrium Motion and Deformation, “Springer, ISBN :
1461411491
2. Susan J. Hall, “Basic Biomechanics, McGraw-Hill Education
3. Steven Vogel, Comparative Biomechanics, Publisher Princeton University Press
REFERENCES BOOKS 1. Frank Baaijens and Marcel Brekelmans, Biomechanics: Concepts and Computation, Cambridge University
Press
2.
Teaching –Learning Process 1. Class Room Learning using Board, ppt, model and Videos.
2. Students learning through lecture, Assignment, Test, Presentation and project
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-453
263
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-454
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of safety at
work place & basics of work place requirements.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety
perspective at work place.
2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,
vibration and maintenance of environmatal standards
3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration
and maintenance of environmatal standards
4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning,
noise, vibration and environmental hazards
5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating,
ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-I
1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work
environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention
of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and
analysis (5 hours)
2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of
plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)
3. Safety measures:Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and
productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)
Unit-II
264
4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental
factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and
mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for
improved efficiency and accuracy at work (7 hours)
5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal
environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,
efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning
Process ventilation,Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.
Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)
Unit-III
6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and
safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,
Recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards
relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)
7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement
and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques, Silencers vibrations: Effect,
measurement and control measures (6 hours)
8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative
industries. (2 hours)
BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold
2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill
3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley
4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill
5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-454
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
265
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
Surface Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEB-455
1. To Prepare the students to learn the basic concepts of surface engineering and
its development
2. To provide knowledge of coatings and the formation of technological surface
layers
3. To enable the students understand the basic principles of Laser Technology
and Plasma Coating Technology
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand and apply the concepts of various surface modifications
technologies
2 Identify the critical parameters of various surface modification techniques
3 Classify the various types of surface enhancement methods on the basis of
various technical parameters
4 Explain the working principle, parameters and applications of various surface
modifications technologies
5 Select the suitable surface modification technique for particular application
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT- I (15Hrs)
1. Introduction to surface Engineering: Differences between surface and bulk, Properties of surfaces-wear, corrosion, optical, roughness,
electrical and thermal properties, wetability
266
2.Coatings- Concepts of coatings , Electroplating and electroplating -Metallic and non metallic
coatings- Galvanizing – Thermal Spray ,types of thermals spary and their advantages and
disadvantages - conventional verses nanocoatings
UNIT- II (15Hrs)
3.Plasma Coating Technology: Process parameters, thermal and kinetic history of inflight particle,
microstructural features of plasma sprayed coatings, single splat studies, process-structure property
relationship challenges in prepartion,
4. Plasma Spraying: plasma spraying of nanopowders - its microsturcutre – properties –Liquid
precurser plasma spray- applications
UNIT- III (15Hrs)
5.Characterization of coatings: Coatings –thickness-porosity-hardness, fracture toughness=elastic
modulus –adhesionbending strength-fracture strength- tensile strength- wear and corrosion
measurementphase analysis
6. Hard and Soft Coating: Caser cladding- laser alloying, Electron beam hardening-ion beam
implantation- sol –gel coatings –electrophoretic deposition –DLC and diamond coatings, antifriction
and antiscratch coatings
Text Books:
1. Surface Engineering of Metals, Principles, equipments and Technologies- Tadeusz Burakowski,
Padeusg and Weirzxhon,CRC press, 1998
2. Surface coatings for protection against wear edited by BG Miller, Woodhead publishing,-2006
Reference Books:
1. Surface coatings ASM handbook
2. Characterization Techniques ASM Handbook
3. P. Fauchais, A. Vardelle, and B. Dussoubs, "Quo Vadis Thermal Spraying? "Journal of Thermal
Spray Technology, Volume 10(1) March2001
4. H. Herman and S. Sampath "Thermal Spray Coatings" Published in 1996 by Chapman and Hall,
London. Edited by Kurt H Sien
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
267
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEB-455
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3.MANUFACTURING
ENGINEERING GROUP
268
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-351
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of the basic
principles of industrial engineering, plant layout, material handling and inventory
control.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the basic concept of industrial engineering and its application.
2 Apply the concepts of work study, ergonomics and productivity in product design
and development.
3 Classify the plant layout, product design and material handling systems.
4 Evaluate the problem related to inventory control by imparting knowledge of
financial aspects.
5 Choose the appropriate techniques of production planning & control,
manufacturing cost and Intellectual Property System.
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit –I
269
1. Work analysis & ergonomic (6 Hrs.)
Definition, Objectives of work study, Method study, Principle of motion economy-SIMO
chart, Techniques of method study - Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement -
various methods, Time Study - PMTS, Anthropometry, Ergonomics. 2. Productivity (2 Hrs.)
Introduction, definition, measurement, productivity index, ways to improve productivity, Types of Production
System.
3. Product Design and Development (4 Hrs.)
Principles of good product design, tolerance design; quality and cost considerations, product
life cycle; standardization, simplification, diversification, value engineering and analysis,
concurrent engineering.
4. Engineering Economy and Costing (3Hrs.)
Elementary cost accounting and methods of depreciation; break-even analysis, techniques for
evaluation of capital investments, financial statements
Unit -II 5. Plant layout and material handling (6 Hrs.)
Plant location, site selection- Plant layout types, need, factors influencing the layout - Tools and techniques for
developing layout, process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, Template and Scale models, Material Handling,
scope and importance, Types of material handling systems, factors influencing material handling, methods of
material handling.
6. Inventory control (4 Hrs.)
Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ), Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss Systems,
Service level, Stock out risk, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective inventory control - ABC,
FSN, SDE, VED.
7. Facility Design (5 Hrs.)
Facility location factors and evaluation of alternate locations; types of plant layout and their
evaluation; computer aided layout design techniques; assembly line balancing; materials
handling systems.
Unit -III 8. Production planning and control (6 Hrs)
Objectives of PPC, Functions of PPC, Process Planning-Principles of Standardization, specialization,
Simplification, Group Technology, Optimum Batch size, ABC analysis
9. Manufacturing cost analysis (7 Hrs)
Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, & Job costing, Recovery of overheads, Standard
costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis - Labor, material, overhead in volume, rate & efficiency
10. Intellectual Property System (2 Hrs.) Definition of intellectual property, importance of IPR; TRIPS and its implications and patent
Note for Paper setter:
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each
unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer
questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to
attempt six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt
maximum two questions from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Text Books:
1. O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engg. & Management, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.
2. H.S. Shan, Work Study and Ergonomics, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.
3. Krajewski L J and Ritzman L P, “Operations Management”, Pearson Education Asia
270
Reference Books:
1. Adam and Ebert “Production and Operation Management” Pearson Education Asia
2. Shanker. Ravi, Industrial Engineering.
3. Mahajan, Industrial Engineering. Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code
MEC-351
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme Version
2018
NON TRADITIONAL MACHINING L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-352
To explore the learner regarding the non-conventional techniques used for the
machining of hybrid materials such as thermal energy, light amplification, electrical
energy, ultrasonic energy etc.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of various Non Traditional Machining Processes and their applications
2 Identify the impact of various input variable on the performance output of machining
different materials
3 Classify the various non-traditional machining processes on the basis of different aspects
4 Compare the performance of various non-traditional machining techniques on the basis of
different technical parameters
5 Select the suitable type of non conventional machining process for particular application
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT- I
1. BASICS OF NON TRADITIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES (6Hrs)
271
Need for non - traditional machining – Classification on the basis of energy sources – Consideration in
process selection, materials, and applications
2. MECHANICAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES (9Hrs) Ultra Sonic Machining - Elements of the process, mechanism of metal removal, process parameters,
economic considerations, Benefits and Applications - Advantages and limitations, recent developments
Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining and abrasive water jet machining: Basic principles,
equipments, process variables, mechanism of material removal, applications and limitations.
UNIT- II 3. ELECTRICAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES (7Hrs) Electro Chemical process: Fundamentals of Electro chemical machining, electro chemical grinding,
electro chemical honing and deburring process, metal removal rate in ECM, Tool design, surface finish
and accuracy, economic aspects of ECM- simple problems for estimation of metal removal rate,
applications and limitations, recent developments.
4. THERMO ELECTRICAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES (8Hrs) General principles of Electrical discharge machining, Electrical discharge grinding and wire cut EDM
process-power circuits for EDM, metal removal rate in EDM, process parameters, selection of tool
electrode and dielectric fluids, surface finish and machining accuracy, characteristics of spark eroded
surface and machine tool selection, recent developments.
UNIT- III 5. THERMAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES ` (9Hrs) Electron beam machining, Plasma Arc Machining and laser beam machining - Operating principles -
Equipment and sub systems - Parameters influencing metal removal - Benefits - Applications -
Advantages and limitations, Generation and control of electron beam machining, process capabilities and
limitations, recent developments,
6. HYBRID MACHINING PROCESSES: (6 Hrs) Concept, classification, application, Hot machining- method of heat, Applications and limitations,
Electrochemical discharge machining, Principle, application, advantages and limitations, Introduction to
Flexible manufacturing system
Books:
1. P.C. Panday and H.S. Shan, Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw Hill
2. G. Boothroyd and W.A. Knight, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools, Marcel Dekker Inc.
3. G.F. Benedict, Non-traditional Manufacturing Processes, Marcel Dekker Inc.
4. V.K Jain, Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers
5. Hassan Abdel, Gawad El-hofy Fundamentals of Machining Processes: Conventional and
Nonconventional Processes, Taylor & Francis DE/P
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
272
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-352
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Numerical Methods in Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-354
To understand and apply the basics tools of numerical analysis that can be used to
address analytically intractable problems of engineering.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Apply the basics concepts of numerical analysis on solution of linear equations and
ordinary differential equations.
2 Solve the problems numerically using different iterative and direct methods.
3 Examine the procedure to solve the different numerical problems
4 Analyze the problems numerically using techniques of integration differentiation.
5 Evaluate the problems using different numerical methods.
Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1
Error Analysis: Types of errors, Propagation of errors, Correct and Significant digits (5 Hrs)
273
Solution of System of Linear Equations: Exact methods: LU-decomposition, Gauss-elimination
methods without and with partial pivoting. Iterative methods: Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal methods,
Matrix norm, Condition number. (5Hrs)
Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Largest and Smallest eigen values and eigen vectors by power method
(5Hrs)
Unit-II
Roots of Non-linear Equations: Bisection, RegulaFalsi, Newton–Raphson methods, Direct Iterative
method with convergence criterion, Extension of Newton-Raphson and Iterative methods for two
variables. (5Hrs)
Finite Differences and Divided Differences: Operators, Difference table, Divided differences with
properties. (5Hrs
Interpolation: Interpolation Formulae: Newton’s forward, backward, Stirling’s and Bessel’s formulae
Newton’s divided difference and Lagrange’s formulae (5Hrs)
Unit-III
Numerical Differentiation and Integration:Newtons formulae for first and second derivative with
errors. Newton-Cotes formulae, General quadrature formula for equidistant ordinates, Trapezoidal,
Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules with their geometrical interpretations & errors (9Hrs)
Numerical solution of Ordinary differential Equation : Picard, Taylor series, Modified-Euler, Fourth
order Runge-Kutta methods (6Hrs)
Text Books:
1 S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods Of Numerical Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. (2007),
ISBN-13: 978-8120327610.
2. B.S. Grewal, Numerical Methods In Engineering & Science With Programs In Fortran 77, C & C++,
KhannaPublishers (2008), ISBN-13: 978-8174091468.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
274
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3
Category
UC BS DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-354
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018
PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-401
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of production,
production scheduling, production planning, work study and production
control.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the fundamental concepts related to Production Planning and Production Control
Functions utilizing various techniques.
2 Apply the concept of Sales forecasting, Market survey and Pre-planning.
3 Analyze the Industrial problems using Linear Programming, Work Study and Time Study
techniques.
4 Compare various techniques of Statistical Quality Control, Sampling and Process Capabilty.
5 Explain the concept of Inventory control, MRP, ERP and JIT.
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit -I
1. Introduction
275
Production Planning and Control functions, Types of production systems, Sales Forecasting:
Forecasting techniques, Forecast errors. Aggregate Planning: concept, relevant costs, methods
Material Requirement Planning, Capacity Planning (8 hrs)
Pre-planning, market survey, machine and process capacity, capacity analysis; Effects of cyclic
and random variations; Routing route sheets, common charts (7 hrs)
Unit -II
2. Linear Programming and Scheduling)
Introduction Linear Programming: Basic concepts, Applications. Operations Scheduling, Forms
of schedules, Job shop scheduling, Batch shop scheduling, scheduling for continuous production
systems, various techniques of scheduling Inventory models, Scheduling;; Production order,
dispatching of production orders, job card Inventory control, inventory costs, lot size models,
back orders and last sales. (10Hrs
3. Work Study
Method study, basic procedure-Selection-Recording of process - Critical analysis, Development -
Implementation - Micro motion and memo motion study - work measurement - Techniques of
work measurement - Time study - Production study - Work sampling - Synthesis from standard
data - Predetermined motion time standards. (5Hr)
Unit -III
4. Statistical Quality Control
Statistical Quality Control Methods: Process control charts, Process Capability. Acceptance
Sampling: Operating Characteristic curve, Sampling Plans. Dispatching and Expediting,
Recording progress and feedback, Quantity discounts, safety, stock, elementary control under
risk; Materials purchasing, quotations; Rate controls; Introduction to value analysis (6Hrs)
5. Inventory Control and Recent Trends
Inventory control, Purpose of holding stock-Effect of demand on inventories-Ordering
procedures, Two bin system -Ordering cycle system-Determination of Economic order quantity
and economic lot size-ABC analysis-Recorder procedure-Introduction to computer integrated
production planning systems-elements of JUST IN TIME SYSTEMS-Fundamentals of MRP II
and ERP (9Hrs) Text Books :
5. Elements of Production Planning and Control by Eilon Macmillan.
6. Elwood S. Buffa, Modern Production/Operations Management, Wiley Series, 8th Edition.
7. Lee J. Krajewski, Operations Management, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, 6th
Edition. 8. R.S.Parmar Welding Technology, Khanna Publishers
9. R.K. Rajput, A Text book of Manufacturing Technology ( Laxmi Publications )
Reference Books:
1. Samson Eilon, “Elements of production planning and control”, Universal Book Corpn.1984
2. Elwood S.Buffa, and RakeshK.Sarin, “Modern Production / Operations Management”, 8th Ed.
John Wiley and Sons, 2000.
3. KanishkaBedi, “ Production and Operations management”, Oxford university press, 2ndEdition
2007.
4. K.C.Jain& L.N. Aggarwal, “Production Planning Control and Industrial Management”, Khanna
Publishers, 1990.
Teaching –Learning Process
276
1 Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2 Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-401
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks
277
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018
WORK STUDY & ERGONOMICS L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-402
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of Work study
& Ergonomics requirements & their effect on performance
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of work study, method study, work sampling, work
measurement and ergonomics
2 Identify the various techniques of work study, method study, work sampling, work
measurement and ergonomics
3 List the procedure of work study, method study, work sampling, work measurement
and ergonomics
4 Compare the various method study, work study, work sampling, work measurement
and ergonomics techniques
5 Conclude the results of method study, work study, work sampling, work
measurement and ergonomics techniques
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT-I
278
1. Introduction to Work-Study: Introduction to industrial Engineering, productivity, measurement of
productivity factor affective productivity, the basic procedure of work-study, Work study for establishing
the standard time for a given activity (5 hours)
2. Method Study: Method study, procedure for Method study, Principles of motion economy, Filming
techniques and micro motion analysis, recording technique. Construction of process chart, Gantt chart,
SIMO chart, string chart, Travel chart, multiple activity chart, Sampling process (7hours)
3. Critical examination analysis: Primary, secondary and tertiary stages. Search for alternatives. Steps
involved in evaluation of alternatives (3hours)
Unit-II
4. Introduction to work measurement: objectives of work measurement, Techniques of work
measurement, Basic procedure in time study, Advantages and limitations of time study, Time recording
techniques in time study. Performance rating standard allowances, personal allowance, fatigue allowance,
production delay allowance, Factors affectingrating, Synthetic rating method (8 hours)
5. Work Sampling: process of work sampling, predetermined motion time systems, standard data system,
job evaluation and merit rating, work factor method, method time measurement system, basic, motion
time study system Wages and incentive plans, relationship between wages productivity and cost. Case
studies (7 hours)
Unit-III
6. Ergonomics: Concept and scope of Ergonomics, Contribution of Ergonomics in System design and
Management, Anthropometric principles in work space and Equipment design work space design for
standing and seated workers. (9hrs)
7. Human physiological Analysis:Assessment of human capabilities and limitations, Human
physiological work capacity, Control and Displays psycho Physiological aspects of design (6hrs)
REFERENCEBooks :
1 A ILO International labor organization Introduction to work study TATA McGraw Hill
2 B M.E.Mundel Motion and Time study
3 C R.M.Barynes Motion and Time study
4 D E.S.Buffa Modern production management TATA McGraw Hill
5 E Dr.A.K.Singh Time and motion study Jaico publishing houses
6 F Dalela Work study & Ergonomics TMH
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
279
Subject
Code MEC-402
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
MAINTENANCE AND RELIABILITY
ENGINEERING
L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-403
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of Plant Layout,
Maintenance and Reliability
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of plant engineering, maintenance management and reliability
engineering systems
2 Identify the various types of maintenance systems, plant facilities, plant layouts, life
cycle costing and reliability engineering systems
3 Classify the the various types of maintenance systems, plant facilities, plant layouts,
life cycle costing and reliability engineering systems
4 Explain the procedure of implementingproper maintenance systems, plant facilities,
plant layouts, life cycle costing and reliability engineering systems
5 Select the suitable types of plant layout, facilities required,maintenance system and
reliability model for particular application
280
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT- I
1. Organization of Plant Engineering: Principles of Plant management functions. Classification of
maintenance work-Routine maintenance, emergency work, service work, preventive maintenance, Project
work, Corrective work, Assessment of maintenance work, Performance and productivity measurement,
problem solving techniques, Statistical processes, Parato chart. Manpower planning and training for
maintenance and safety staff (5 hours)
2. Plant Facilities and Layout Planning: Basic Plant facilities: Building: Types of Building structures,
Ventilation and lighting, Roads and parking, Electrical power generation, distributions, utilisation, stand
by units, Heating, ventilation and Air conditioning, Water supply, Purification, use and disposal,
Sanitation, Planning and estimation of auxiliary services, such as water, steam, compressed air (5 hours)
3. Layout of facilities: Types of layouts, selection of layout, Group technology aspect, P. Q. Analysis,
PQRST analysis, material flow, REL charts, space requirements, space diagram. Use of computer for
optimization of layouts (5 hours)
UNIT II
4. Maintenance Management Practice: Various types of maintenance, breakdown, preventive, periodic
or predictive, condition based maintenance as predictive preventive maintenance. Online or off-line,
concept of health as well as usage monitoring, Quantitative decision making for selection of maintenance
system & management classification of material, MICLASS, CUSDD, Software for Classification and
Coding, Maintenance problems occurring in product and process type industries and Power plants and
their management, Spare Parts Management- Simulation and Software needed for spare parts
management and inventory planning. (9hours)
5. Preventive Maintenance and Life Cycle Costing: Periodic Preventive Management - Scheduled
maintenance and period for P.M. Life cycle cost taking into consideration maintenance, reliability, hazard
function etc. Life cycle costing: Rigorous models, mathematical formulation etc. (6hours)
UNIT III
6. Reliability: Definition – Mean fracture rate – Mean time to failure – Mean time between failure –
Hazard rate – Hazard models – Constant hazard – Linearly increasing hazard – Weibull model –
System reliability – Series – Parallel and Mixed configuration – Simple problems (7 hours)
7. Material Handling:
Introduction to material handling, Manual and mechanical handling, Handling ratio, Effects of
handling on productivity, Basic principles of material handling, Analysis of material handling
problem, Organizing for material handling, Analysis of cost of material handling, Basic types of
material handling equipments and its characteristic, Uses and limitations, Stability of forklift
trucks, Selection of material handling equipment, Unit load handling, Palletizing & packaging
(8 hours)
Text Books:
1. A. K. Gupta,“Terotechnology&Reliability Engineering “,McMillan Co.
2. SushikumarSrivastava,”Industrial Maintenance Management “,S.Chand and Co.Ltd., New Delhi.
3. R.C. Rosaler-Handbook of Plant Engineering-McGraw Hill.ISBN 0070521646
Reference books:
1. B.Bhadury and S.K. Basu, “Terotechnology: Reliability Engineering and Maintenance Management
“,Asian Books, New Delhi 2002
2. A. K. S. Jardine, “Maintenance, Replacement & Reliability” HMSO, London.
3. H.P. Garg -Industrial Maintenance, S. Chand and Co. New Delhi, ISBN8121901685 8. Edward
Srivastava-Maintenance Management
281
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Course to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-403
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
282
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018 FINITE ELEMENTS METHODS L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal Engineering Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-353
To Make Students Understand The Concept Of Finite Element Methods And Their
Applications
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand the basic concepts of Finite Element Method (FEM)
2 Solve problems related to stiffness matrix and prismitic bar under axial loading
3 Model the bending of bar and plane truss structure
4 Examine the stress and strain in Plane Trusses.
5 Evaluate heat transfer rate in steady state conditions and one dimensional pin fin
system
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT I (15 Hrs)
1. INTRODUCTION
What is Finite Element Method (FEM), Examples Areas of Application; General Steps in Finite Element
Analysis; Examples of Finite Element Modeling (5 Hrs)
283
2. DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD – SPRING ELEMENT
Derivation of the stiffness matrix; Example of a spring assemblage; Assembly of global stiffness matrix;
Types of boundary conditions; The Potential energy approach; Examples (5 Hrs)
3. PRISMATIC BAR UNDER AXIAL LOADING
Introduction; Finite Element Modeling – Element Division; Numbering Scheme; Coordinate and Shape
Functions; 3-4 The Potential Energy Approach; Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector;
Treatment of Boundary Conditions; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)
UNIT II (15 Hrs)
4. BENDING OF BEAMS
Introduction; The Potential energy approach; Finite Element Formulation; Element Stiffness Matrix; The
Element Force Vector; Boundary conditions; Shear Force and Bending Moment; Examples.(5 Hrs)
5. PLANE TRUSS STRUCTURE
Introduction; Plane Trusses; Coordinate Transformation – Local & Global Coordinate, The Element
Stiffness Matrix; Stress Calculations; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)
6. PLANE STRESS & STRAIN – CST ELEMENT
Introduction; Finite Element Modeling; Constant Strain Triangle (CST); Isoperimetric Representation;,
Potential Energy Approach - Element Stiffness; Force Terms; 6-6 Stress Calculations; Temperature
Effects; Examples (5 Hrs)
UNIT III (15 Hrs)
7. FINITE ELEMENT MODELING
Rectangular Plate; Plane Stress & Plane Strain Condition; Pipe Under Internal Pressure; Axisymmetric
Condition; Symmetry Consideration (5 Hrs)
8. ONE-DIMENSIONAL STEADY-STATE HEAT TRANSFER
Introduction; One-Dimensional Heat Conduction; The Governing Equation; Boundary Conditions; The
One-Dimensional Element; Functional Approach – The Element Conductivity Matrix and Heat Rate
Vector; Heat Flux Boundary Conditions; Examples. (5 Hrs)
9. ONE-DIMENSIONAL HEAT TRANSFER IN THIN FINS
Introduction; The Governing Equation; The Boundary Conditions; The Convection Matrix and Heat Rate
Vector; Global System of Linear Equations; Example 5 Hrs)
References:
1. T. R. Chandrupatla and A. D. Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements inEngineering”, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997
2. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, PWSPublishing
Company, Boston, 1993
3. K. C. Rockey, H. R. Evan, D. W. Griffiths, and D. A. Nethercot, “The Finite ElementMethod: A Basic
Introduction”, 2nd Edition, William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd., 1983.
4. K. H. Huebner, D. L. Dewhirst, D. E. Smith and T. G. Byron, “The Finite Element Methodfor
Engineers”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2001
5. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New
York, 1993.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
284
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-353
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III
285
MEC-404 Additive Manufacturing L T P S C CH
Version 1.00 3 0 0 0 3 45
Pre-requisites/
Exposure
MET352
Co-requisites
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To introduce about the basics of rapid prototyping/manufacturing technologies and systems along
with its applications in various fields
2. To familiarize with the principle and applications of rapid prototyping technologies
3. To understand and apply the automation and control system supporting the rapid prototyping.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, the students are expected to
1. Apply the concepts of Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automation techniques 2. Classify the various types of Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automization techniques
3. Inspect the performance output of different Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automation
techniques
4. Explain the construction, working principle and performance parameters of different Rapid
Prototyping, digitization and automation techniques
286
5. Select the suitable type of Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automation technique for
particular application
COURSE DESCRIPTION
The course will inculcate the basics of rapid prototyping/manufacturing technologies and systems
along with its applications in various fields
Text Books:
1. Noorani, R. (2006), Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New Jersey.
2. Ali K. Kamrani, Emad Abouel Nasr, (2006), Rapid Prototyping: Theory and Practice,
Springer.
Reference Books
1. Hopkinson, N., Hague, R.J.M. and Dickens, P.M., Rapid Manufacturing and Industrial
Revolution for the Digital Age, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, Chichester, 2005
2. Gibson, I., Software Solutions for Rapid Prototyping, Professional Engineering Publication
Ltd., 2002.
COURSE CONTENTS
Unit-I 15 Contact hours
1. Rapid Prototyping: Need - Development of RP systems, RP process chain, Impact of Rapid
Prototyping on Product Development, Digital prototyping, Virtual prototyping, Rapid Tooling –
Benefits, Applications
2. Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction, Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD
model preparation, Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame, surface and
solid modeling – data formats - Data interfacing, Part orientation and support generation, Support
structure design, Model Slicing and contour data organization, direct and adaptive slicing, Tool path
generation
Unit-II 15 Contact hours
3. Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle, per-build process, part-building, post-build
processes, photo polymerization of SL resins, part quality and process planning, recoating issues,
materials, advantages, limitations and applications (5hrs)
4. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle, process, strengths, weaknesses and applications.
Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle, details of processes, process variables, types, products,
materials and applications, laminated object manufacturing (LOM) (5hrs)
5. Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle, process, Indirect and direct SLS- powder structures,
modeling of SLS, materials, post processing , Applications. Three dimensional printing - types of
printing, process capabilities, material system Solid based, Liquid based and powder based 3DP
systems, strength and weakness, Applications (5hrs)
Unit-III 15 Contact hours
6. Automation: Automation drives for machine tools, Degree of automation, Semi- automation,
287
analysis of collect action, design of collect, bar feeding mechanism, tooling layout, single spindle
mechanism, analysis, swiss type automatic machine. Loading and unloading, Transfer devices,
Modulator-design concept in process gauging (8 hrs)
7. Control system of machine tools: control, mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, numeric and fluidic.
Basic principle of control, hydraulic controls, fluid controls, numerical controls, feedback systems,
Primary systems programming (7hrs)
Mode of Evaluation: The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Internal
Assessment (CAE)
Semester End
Examination (SEE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100
Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)
Mapping Between COs and Pos
SN Course Outcome (CO) Mapped Programme
Outcome (PO)
1 Familiarize with the concept of Rapid Prototyping and digitization techniques
1,3,4,5
2 Impart the knowledge of Stereolithography, Solid Ground Curing (SGC) and Selective Laser Sintering(SLS) techniques
1,3,4,5
3 Understand and apply the fundamentals of Automation and
Control system of machine tools. 1,3,4,5
288
En
gin
eeri
ng
Kn
ow
ledg
e
Pro
ble
m a
nal
ysi
s
Des
ign
/dev
elo
pm
ent
of
solu
tio
ns
Co
nd
uct
in
ves
tig
atio
ns
of
com
ple
x p
rob
lem
s
Mo
der
n t
oo
l u
sag
e
Th
e en
gin
eer
and
so
ciet
y
En
vir
on
men
t an
d s
ust
ain
abil
ity
Eth
ics
Ind
ivid
ual
or
team
wo
rk
Co
mm
un
icat
ion
Pro
ject
man
agem
ent
and
fin
ance
Lif
e-lo
ng
Lea
rnin
g
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11
MEC-404 Additive Manufacturing
3 2 2 2
1=addressed to small extent
2= addressed significantly
3=major part of course
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version
2018
Operation Research L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-405
To identify and develop operational research models from the verbal
description of the real system.
To apply the mathematical tools which are needed to solve optimization
problems
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
289
1 Apply the basic concepts of operation research in engineering applications.
2 Develop the mathematical model from the real world situation.
3 Analyze the different operation research techniques/tools required to solve the engineering
problems.
4 Evaluate the mathematical model to attain the optimum solution of the problem
5 Propose the Operation research technique to make effective management/business decisions.
Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I (15 hrs)
1. Introduction to the operational research & its applications: Introduction to the operational
research & its applications
2. Linear programming: Mathematical formulations of LP Models for product-mix problems;
graphical and simplex method of solving LP problems; sensitivity analysis; duality
3. Transportation problem: Various method of finding Initial basic feasible solution and
optimal cost
UNIT – II (15hrs)
4. Assignment model: Assignment model, Algorithm and its applications
5. Forecasting: Introduction to forecasting, need or advantage of forecasting, forecasting
methods: qualitative and quantitative methods.
6. Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and Three
Machines, Two jobs and m Machines Problems
UNIT – III (15Hrs)
7. Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model; Application of Poisson and
Exponential distribution in estimating Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue
model for better service to the customers
8. Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM and
PERT techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of operations
Simulation and its uses in Queuing theory & Materials Management
9. Inventory Control:Inventory Models, Deterministic demand Model, Probabilistic demand
model and Model with risk, Inventory Costs,
Text/Reference Books:
1) Vohra- Quantitative Techniques in Management (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition), 2003.
2)P.K. Gupta and D.S. Hira,Operations Research S. Chand & Co.
3) Kothari- Quantitative Techniques 1996,
4) Akhilesh K B and Balasubramanyam S- Quantitative Techniques
5) J K Sharma- Operations Research (Pearson)
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
3.
Paper setting instructions
290
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-405
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version 2018
Product Design and Development L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-451
To learn the Students about the Concept, procedure, stages and applications of
Product design and development
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1 Identify the various aspects of product design, manufacturing and it's
291
development
2 Solve problems related to product life cycle applying all principles
3 Choose the appropriate methods of design, manufacturing and assembly of
product
4 Analyze the product design and development processes in manufacturing
industry.
5 Examine the different methodologies for product design, development and its
value management. Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT- I 1. INTRODUCTION
Importance of product design and development in industry, Principal requirements of good product design,
Factors and considerations affecting product design. Quality concept, Ergonomic factor in product design,
Product design methodology and techniques, Basic elements and concepts of visual design (7Hrs)
2. PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE
Product Data and Product Workflow, Company’s PLM vision, The PLM Strategy, Principles for PLM
strategy, Preparing for the PLM strategy, Developing a PLM strategy, Strategy identification and
selection, Change Management for PLM (8Hrs)
UNIT-II 3. DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING & ASSEMBLY
Methods of designing for Manufacturing & Assembly, Designs for Maintainability, Designs for
Environment, Product costing, Legal factors and social issues. Engineering ethics and issues of society
related to design of products development. (8Hrs)
4. MATERIALS, FORMS, FUNCTION AND COLOR RELATIONSHIPS. Product graphics,
product development and testing Packaging materials their characteristics and applications, Packaging
design considerations (7Hrs)
UNIT-III 5. VALUE ENGINERING
Value Engineering / Value Analysis, Techniques Brain Storming concept, advantage and applications,
types of values, Design for value, Analysis of function, using and evaluating functions, Value
engineering techniques, Value control, Methodology, , Economic analysis, Case studies (8Hrs)
6. CONCURRENT ENGG:Concurrent Engg, Rapid prototyping , Tools for product design – Drafting /
Modelling software, CAM Interface, Patents -An Overview. (7Hrs)
References:
Industrial Design MayallMcGruw Hill
Product Design &Niebel&McGraw Hill
Process Engineering Draper
Introduction to Design Asimov Prentice Hall
Value Engineering MudgeMcGraw Hill
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
292
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-451
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting
atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of
Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D
from unit III.
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
Supply Chain Management L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-452
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of Supply chain and to
expose the students to the logistics approaches of supply chain management.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
293
1 Illustrate the concepts of logistics, Supply chain, SCM information and
warehousing managements systems
2 Identify the different methods of logistics, Supply chain, SCM information and
warehousing managements systems
3 Apply the process of supply chain for manufacturing and management systems.
4 List the various aspects and factors involved for the functioning of Logistics,
Supply chain and warehouse management systems
5 Compare the various factors, processes, models , activities, systems applicable to
logistics, supply chain and warehouse management systems
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT-I
1. Introduction to Logistics (8hours)
Logistics - concepts, definitions and approaches, factors influencing logistics – Supply chain:
basic tasks, definitions and approaches, influencing supply chain - a new corporate model.
2. Phases of Supply Chain (7 hours)
The new paradigm shift - The modular company - The network relations – Supply processes -
Procurement processes - Distribution management
UNIT-II
3. Evolution of Supply Chain Models (8 hours)
Strategy and structure - Factors of supply chain - Manufacturing strategy stages - Supply chain
progress - Model for competing through supply chain management - PLC grid, supply chain
redesign - Linking supply chain with customer.
4. Supply Chain Activities (7 hours)
Structuring the SC, SC and new products, functional roles in SC - SC design framework -
Collaborative product commerce (CPC)
UNIT-III
5. SCM Organization and Information System (8 hours)
The management task - Logistics organization - The logistics information systems - Topology of
SC application - Product Data Management –
6. Warehouse Management System: (7hours)
Introduction to Warehouse management system, MRP- I, MRP - II, ERP,. - Case study, ERP
Software's.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Shari.P.B and Lassen.T.S, “Managing the global supply chain”, Viva books, New
Delhi, 2000.
2. Ayers.J.B, “Hand book of supply chain management”, The St. Lencie press,
2000.
REFERENCES
1. Nicolas.J.N, “Competitive manufacturing management – continuous improvement”, Lean
production, customer focused quality, McGrawHill, NewYork, 1998.
203 ME‐Engg&Tech‐SRM‐2013
1. Steudel.H.J and Desruelle.P, “Manufacturing in the nineteen - How to become a mean,
lean and world class competitor”, Van No strand Reinhold, New York,1992.
294
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-452
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
QUALITY CONTROL & ASSURANCE L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-453
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts safety at work
place & basic work place requirements.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
295
1 Illustrate the concept of quality control and quality costs.
2 Make use of sampling techniques & total quality management methods.
3 Examine the reliability improvement & ISO 9000 series implementation
procedure.
4 Determine quality control and costs using basic statistical concepts
5 Discuss the total quality management techniques, reliability improvements and
ISO 9000 series.
Contents of the Syllabus
UNIT-I
1. Basic Concept Quality Costs: Fitness for Use, Quality Characteristics, Parameters of Fitness for use,
Definition of quality and its meaning and importance in industry, Control and Quality control, Quality
Tasks, Quality functions, The system Concept, Quality systems, quality assurance and ISO 9000 quality
system standards, Quality costs concept, Quality cost categories, Examples of Quality cost studies,
Securing the Cost figures, Pareto Analysis, Cost reduction Programs and economics of quality (7 hours)
2. Control charts: Statistical Tools in Quality control, The concept of variation, Tabular Summarization
of Data, Frequency distribution, Graphical Summarization of Data: The Histogram, Quantitative methods
of summarizing data: Numerical Indices, Probability distributions, General, The normal Probability
distribution, Normal curve and Histogram Analysis, The causes of variation, statistical aspect of Control
charting, specification and tolerances, natural tolerance limits, specification limits, process capability ratio
analysis and narrow limit gauging (8hours)
Unit-II
3. Basic Statistical Concepts: Descriptions of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution with practical
examples basics of sampling distribution. Acceptance Sampling: Principle of acceptance sampling,
Acceptance sampling by attributes: single multiple and sequential sampling plans, lot quality protection
and average outgoing quality protection, Acceptance sampling by variables sampling plans of process
parameters, (7 hours)
4. Total quality Management: Basic concepts of TQM, historical review, leadership, concepts, role of
senior management, quality statements, plans for process parameters, Modern Quality Management
Techniques: TQM tools: Benchmarking, QFD, Taguchi quality loss function TPM, FMEA (8 hours)
Unit-III
5. Lean Manufacturing: Introduction, continuous improvement techniques, cause and effect diagrams,
scatter diagram, run charts, affinity diagrams, inter-relationship diagram, process decision program
(6 hours) 6. Quality and Reliability
Reliability improvements – techniques- use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit
and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product
development – Product life cycles. (6 hours)
7. Quality Certification: Quality Assurance, ISO 9000 Series Concepts and Procedure (3 hours)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Quality planning and Analysis, Juran and Gryna, TMH, New Delhi
2. Quality Management, Kanishka Bed, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
3. Introduction to SQC, Montgomery DC, 3e, Wiley, New Delhi
296
4. Fundamentals of quality control and improvement, A Mitra, Mcmillan pub. Company, NY
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Gupta and Kapoor, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-453
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme
Version 2018
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEC-454
The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of safety at
work place & basic of work place requirements.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
297
1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety
perspective at work place.
2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,
vibration and maintenance of environmental standards
3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration
and maintenance of environmental standards
4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning,
noise, vibration and environmental hazards
5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating,
ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-I
1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work
environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention
of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and
analysis (5 hours)
2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of
plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)
3. Safety measures:Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and
productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)
Unit-II
4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental
factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and
mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for
improved efficiency and accuracy at work(7 hours)
5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal
environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,
efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning
Process ventilation, Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.
Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)
Unit-III
6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and
safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,
Recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards
relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)
7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement
and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques, Silencers vibrations: Effect,
measurement and control measures (6 hours)
8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative
industries. (2 hours)
BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold
2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill
3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley
4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill
5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale
Teaching –Learning Process
3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
298
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEC-454
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)
299
OPEN ELECTIVES
SYLLABUS
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme
Version
2018
Automobile Engineering L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject
Code
Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEO-401
To Broaden the understanding of automobile architecture, performance as well
as to familiarize about the wheels, tyres, transmission and braking system
To Understand the suspension and steering system along with basic knowledge
of electrical systems, safety and advances in automobile engineering
300
Course Outcomes On the completion of course the student will be able to
1 Illustrate the basics concepts of Automobile components, woking principles
and safety measures
2 Identify the components of I.C engines, transmission system, suspension,
steering, braking and different emission norms
3 Classify the different components of an automobile like, chasis, body, transmission
system, suspension, steering, braking along with pollution control measures
4 List the different components of an automobile along with construction, working principle and
pollution standards
5 Compare the construction and working principle of different types of chasis,
engines, power transmission, safety, control and pollution norms of and
automobile
UNIT – I
1. Automobile basics
Components of automobile, basic structure, classification of automobile, body styles, Chassis and its
construction, frame and frameless construction. (7 Hrs.)
2. Internal Combustion Engines
Classification of IC engines, different parts of IC engine, working cycles, Spark plug, carburetor, fuel
pump, injectors, valves, cooling system, lubrication system, turbocharger, supercharger, throttle body and
multi point fuel injection system (MPFI, CRDI), Battery coil ignition system and Magneto Ignition
system. Power requirements, motion resistance and power loss, tractive effort, and vehicle performance
curves, selection of power unit and engine performance characteristics (8Hrs.)
UNIT – II
3. Transmission system
Functions of transmission, necessity, types of transmission, sliding mesh, constant mesh, synchromesh,
selector mechanism automatic Manual Transmission (AMT), transfer box, automatic transmission, torque
converter, overdrive, propeller shaft, universal joint, final drive, differential, rear axle, rear axle drive.
Requirements of clutches, types of clutches, working of single plate, multiplate and centrifugal clutch,
clutch operation, clutch plate, fluid flywheel. (8 Hrs.)
5. Suspension, Brakes and Steering
Steering geometry and types of steering gear box, Power Steering, Types of Front Axle, Types of
Suspension Systems, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Braking Systems, Antilock Braking System, Brake
efficiency and stooping distance, fading of brakes, wheel skidding, types of brakes, drum and disk brakes,
servo brakes. (7 Hrs.)
UNIT –III
5. Safety in Automobile
Active safety, passive, Adaptive cruise control system, EBD (Electronic brake force distribution system)
Traction control system, Airbags, Electronic stability control system (ESC) TDI (7 Hrs.)
6. Emission control & Alternative Energy Sources
Automotive air pollution, emission control, evaporative, catalytic converter, Use of Compressed Natural
Gas (CNG), Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG), Bio-diesel, Bio-ethanol, and Hydrogen in Automobiles-
Engine modifications required –Performance, Electric Vehicle and Hybrid Fuel Cell. (8 Hrs)
301
Text Books:
1. Kripal Singh: Automobile Engineering, Vol. I & II, Standard Publication Distributor, Delhi
2. W.H.Crouse: Automotive Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill D. L. Anglin Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi
3 Heinz Heisler, ‘Advanced Engine Technology,” SAE International Publications, USA,1998 .
Reference Books
1. Dempsey, P.: Automotive Engines. 4. J. Heitner : Automotive Mechanics Affiliated East West
Press,New Delhi.
2. N.K.Giri : Problems in Automobile Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
Teaching –Learning Process
3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Paper setting instructions
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the
students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,
three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the
whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question
number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEO-401
302
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme Version
2018-19
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEO-402
To provide the basic features of Industrial Engineering like plant layout, material handling,
inventory control, production planning control, manufacturing cost analysis and IPR
Course Outcomes
On the completion of course the student will be able to
1 Illustrate the basic concept of industrial engineering and its application. 2 Apply the concepts of work study, ergonomics and productivity in product design and development. 3 Classify the plant layout, product design and material handling systems.
303
4 Evaluate the problem related to inventory control by imparting knowledge of financial aspects. 5 Choose the appropriate techniques of production planning & control, manufacturing cost and
Intellectual Property System.
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit –I
1. Work analysis & ergonomic (6 Hrs.)
Definition, Objectives of work study, Method study, Principle of motion economy-SIMO
chart, Techniques of method study - Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement -
various methods, Time Study - PMTS, Anthropometry, Ergonomics. 2. Productivity (2 Hrs.)
Introduction, definition, measurement, productivity index, ways to improve productivity, Types of Production
System.
3. Product Design and Development (4 Hrs.)
Principles of good product design, tolerance design; quality and cost considerations, product
life cycle; standardization, simplification, diversification, value engineering and analysis,
concurrent engineering.
4. Engineering Economy and Costing (3Hrs.)
Elementary cost accounting and methods of depreciation; break-even analysis, techniques for
evaluation of capital investments, financial statements
Unit -II 5. Plant layout and material handling (6 Hrs.)
Plant location, site selection- Plant layout types, need, factors influencing the layout - Tools and techniques for
developing layout, process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, Template and Scale models, Material Handling,
scope and importance, Types of material handling systems, factors influencing material handling, methods of
material handling.
6. Inventory control (4 Hrs.)
Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ), Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss Systems,
Service level, Stock out risk, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective inventory control - ABC,
FSN, SDE, VED.
7. Facility Design (5 Hrs.)
Facility location factors and evaluation of alternate locations; types of plant layout and their
evaluation; computer aided layout design techniques; assembly line balancing; materials
handling systems.
Unit -III 8. Production planning and control (6 Hrs)
Objectives of PPC, Functions of PPC, Process Planning-Principles of Standardization, specialization,
Simplification, Group Technology, Optimum Batch size, ABC analysis
9. Manufacturing cost analysis (7 Hrs)
Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, & Job costing, Recovery of overheads, Standard
costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis - Labor, material, overhead in volume, rate & efficiency
10. Intellectual Property System (2 Hrs.) Definition of intellectual property, importance of IPR; TRIPS and its implications and patent
Note for Paper setter:
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each
unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer
questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to
attempt six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt
maximum two questions from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Text Books:
304
1. O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engg. & Management, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.
2. H.S. Shan, Work Study and Ergonomics, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.
3. Krajewski L J and Ritzman L P, “Operations Management”, Pearson Education Asia
Reference Books:
1. Adam and Ebert “Production and Operation Management” Pearson Education Asia
2. Shanker. Ravi, Industrial Engineering.
3. Mahajan, Industrial Engineering.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEO-402
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN
Scheme Version
2018
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEO-451
To impart knowledge about the engineering aspects of Robots and Automation in
different industrial applications
Course Outcomes
On the completion of course the student will be able to
1 Illustrate the the basic concepts of robotics, sensors, automation and control
systems
2 Identify the different components of robot, its end effector, sensors, programming,
305
applications and various types of automation, hydraulic and pneumatic control
systems
3 Classify the various types of robot drives, end effectors, transmission, sensors,
programming and various automation & control systems
4 Compare the different types of motions, transmission, control, programming
methods, applications, automation and control system of robot
5 Explain the construction and working principle of Robot, its components,
transmission and control systems
UNIT-I
1. INTRODUCTION:
Basic concepts of robotics (Laws of robotics, robotic systems), RIA definition, Robot anatomy
(Robot configurations, Robot motions, Joint notation scheme) , Manipulators, Precision
movement (Spatial resolution, accuracy, repeatability) Work volume, robot specifications, Types
of Robot drives, electric drive, Hydraulic, pneumatic drives, Basic robot motions, Point to point
control and continuous path control, Kinematics: Forward and inverse kinematics. (8 Hrs)
2. END EFFECTORS AND TRANSFORMATIONS
End effectors-Introduction, classification, Mechanical, Magnetic grippers, Vacuum and adhesive
gripper, basics of Gripper force analysis and design, fundamentals of 2D and 3D transformation
(scaling, rotation, translation) (7 Hrs)
UNIT-II
3. SENSORS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
Sensor devices, Types of sensors (contact, position and displacement sensors), Force and torque
sensors, Proximity and range sensors, acoustic sensors, Introduction to Robot vision systems,
Sensing and digitizing, Basics of Robot control system, Unit control system, Adaptive and
Optimal control. (7 Hrs)
4. ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS
Robot language, classification, Programming methods, off and on line programming, Lead
through method, powered and Manual lead through, Teach pendent method, Application of
Robots, Material handling, Constrains, Machine loading and unloading, Assembly operation,
Welding Robot and Spray Painting Robot, Recent developments in robotics. (8 Hrs)
UNIT-III
5. AUTOMATION
Automation in production systems, Automation principles and strategies, Levels of automation,
Pneumatic Control: Production, distribution and conditioning of compressed air, Pneumatic
control components, Pneumatic actuators, Pneumatic valves, Air- hydraulic equipment, Logic
control circuits, Pneumatic circuit design for various applications. (8 Hrs)
6. HYDRAULIC AND ELECTRICAL CONTROL:
Components of hydraulic control system, Hydraulic actuators, Hydraulic valves, Accumulators,
Hydraulic circuit design and analysis, Electrical Control, Stepper motors, DC and AC motors,
Basics of PLC and industrial applications (7 Hrs)
Note for Paper setter:
The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each
unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer
306
questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to
attempt six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt
maximum two questions from each unit. All questions carry equal marks Text Books:
1. M.P. Groover, Automation Production Systems and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, Pearson
Publication, 2014
2. A. Esposito, Fluid Power with Applications, Pearson Publication, 2003
3. Deb .S.R, “Robotics technology and flexible automation”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company
limited, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Klafter R.D, Chmielewski T.A and Noggins, “Robot Engineering: An Integrated Approach”, Prentice
Hal of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010
2. Fu K.S, Gonzalez, R.C., & Lee, C.S.G., “Robotics control, sensing, vision and intelligence”, McGraw
Hill Book Co., Singapore, Digitized 2007
3. Craig.J.J, “Introduction to Robotics mechanics and control”, Addison- Wesley, London, 2008.
Teaching –Learning Process
1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEO-451
CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme Version
2018
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C
BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45
Course Objectives
MEO-452
The course will prepare the professional to understand the need of safety, its
planning and control measures of industrial work place
Course Outcomes
On the completion of course the student will be able to
1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety perspective
at work place.
307
2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and
maintenance of environmental standards
3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and
maintenance of environmental standards
4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,
vibration and environmental hazards
5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating, ventilation,
lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards
Contents of the Syllabus
Unit-I
1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work
environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention
of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and
analysis (5 hours)
2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of
plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)
3. Safety measures: Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and
productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)
Unit-II
4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental
factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and
mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for
improved efficiency and accuracy at work (7 hours)
5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal
environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,
efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning
Process ventilation, Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.
Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)
Unit-III
6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and
safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,
recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards
relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)
7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement
and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques and Silencers vibrations: Effect,
measurement and control measures (6 hours)
8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative
industries. (2 hours)
BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold
2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill
3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley
4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill
5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale
Teaching –Learning Process
3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models
4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination
308
Subject to Program outcome Relationship
Program
outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Subject
mapping
Unit
mapping
I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III
Category
UC B/F DC DE UO MNG
HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR
Department Mechanical Engineering
Subject
Code MEO-452
Instructions for the Paper-Setter
Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the
paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.
Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs
Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)
1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.
2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the
whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)